Micro All
Micro All
Micro All
me/sppuwheebox
नोकरी दवषयक
➡️ आपली नोकरी Government Job Website :- Click to Here
आम्ही Engineering दवद्यार्थीत्यानं साठी Private जॉब्स चे Update दे तो. ७ वी (7th) दहावी (SSC) बारावी (HSC) दिप्लोमा
आय.टी.आय पदवीपदव्यु त्तर दिक्षण बी.एि एम.एि एल.एल.बी / एल.एल.एम बीएससी एमबीए बीसीएI(BA) एमसीए
बी.कॉम (Bcom) एम.कॉम (M.Pharm) बी.ई(Engineering) एम.ई(engineering) BAMS/BHMS एम.बी.बी.एस / एम.िी
बी.टे क एम.टे क MS-CIT.
https://t.me/sppuwheebox
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A:8
B : 16
C : 10
D : 20
A : Extra
B : Stack
C : Code
D : Data
Q.no 3. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to
C : Execution unit
D : control unit
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 6. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.
A : 255
B : 256
C : 65535
D : 65536
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
Q.no 8. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.
A : Limit
B : Type
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Base
D : Offset
A : Overflow exception
C : Interrupt exception
D : Divide error
Q.no 10. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of
A : 32 GB
B : 64 MB
C : 32 TB
D : 64TB
Q.no 11. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?
A : Segment base
B : Segment Descriptor
C : Segment selector
D : Segment Limit
Q.no 12. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?
A : PL0
B : PL1
C : PL2
D : PL3
A:0
B:1
C:2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D:3
D : All of above
Q.no 15. How many descriptors can be stored in LDT at the most?
A : 8192
B : 4096
C : 1024
D : 2048
A : User level
B : Supervised level
C : US level
D : None of these
Q.no 18. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?
A : S bit
B : W bit
C : G bit
D : A bit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Hardware interrupts
B : Software interrupts
C : Procedures
D : Macros
Q.no 20. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----
C : LDT descriptors.
A : an LDT descriptor
B : a TSS descriptor
D : None of given.
A : SS:ESP
B : SS:EIP
C : GS:ESP
D : GS:EIP
Q.no 23. The privilege level of the code segment determines the
A : RPL
B : DPL
C : CPL
D : IOPL
A : bit 1
B : bit 5
C : bit 7
D : bit 4
A : sets IF
B : resets IF
C : sets IOPL
D : non of above
Q.no 26. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
Q.no 27. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 64 bit
A : END
B : ENDS
C : IRET
D : INTR
Q.no 29. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.
Q.no 30. In segmentation process when TI = 0 , then destination segment descriptor is fetched
from ---------------
A : GDT
B : LDT
C : IDT
D : None of above
D : None of above
Q.no 32. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 34. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
B : Tables
C : Memory
Q.no 36. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
D : None of above
Q.no 37. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
Q.no 38. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
Q.no 39. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 41. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
Q.no 42. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
C : 4K
D : 16K
Q.no 43. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
Q.no 44. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : DPL
Q.no 45. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 47. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
Q.no 48. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Write Bit
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
Q.no 51. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : hold
Q.no 53. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : VERW instruction
Q.no 55. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
Q.no 57. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
Q.no 58. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
Q.no 59. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 60. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.
Q.no 2. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of
A : 32 GB
B : 64 MB
C : 32 TB
D : 64TB
A : Four
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Two
C : Zero
D : One
A : Segment base
B : Segment Descriptor
C : Segment selector
D : Segment Limit
A : Segmentation
B : Paging
C : Both A and B
D : None of above
A : RET instruction
B : IRET instruction
C : CALL instruction
D : JMP instruction
A : Hardware interrupts
B : Software interrupts
C : Procedures
D : Macros
Q.no 8. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : 32 bit
D : 64 bit
A : sets IF
B : resets IF
C : sets IOPL
D : non of above
Q.no 10. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,
A : read, read
B : write, write
C : read, write
D : write, read
Q.no 11. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to
C : Execution unit
D : control unit
A:0
B:1
C:2
D:3
A : Overflow exception
C : Interrupt exception
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Divide error
A : 16
B : 32
C : 48
D : 64
Q.no 15. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----
C : LDT descriptors.
Q.no 16. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?
A : Fault
B : Trigger
C : Abort
D : None of these
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
A : an LDT descriptor
B : a TSS descriptor
D : None of given.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : SS:ESP
B : SS:EIP
C : GS:ESP
D : GS:EIP
B : Multitasking is disabled
Q.no 21. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
Q.no 22. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?
A : S bit
B : W bit
C : G bit
D : A bit
A : 4 bytes
B : 2 bytes
C : 8 bytes
D : 1 byte
A : 32
B:8
C : 16
D : 64
Q.no 25. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.
A : Segmentation, Paging
B : Paging, Segmentation
C : Segmentation, Control
D : Decode, Execution
A : 64 KB.
B : 4 GB.
C : 1 MB
D : none of above.
A : User level
B : Supervised level
C : US level
D : None of these
Q.no 28. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.
A : IVT
B : LDT
C : GDT
D : none of this
A:8
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : 16
C : 10
D : 20
A : 64 pin
B : 128 pin
C : 132 pin
D : 142 pin
Q.no 31. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
Q.no 32. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
D : None of above
B : Tables
C : Memory
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
Q.no 37. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
Q.no 38. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 40. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 41. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
Q.no 42. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
Q.no 44. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
Q.no 45. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
D : Task Register
Q.no 46. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
C : 4K
D : 16K
Q.no 47. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
Q.no 48. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
Q.no 49. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
A : ARPL
B : LLDT
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : LTR
D : All of above
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
A : hold
Q.no 52. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
Q.no 53. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : VERW instruction
Q.no 55. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 56. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
Q.no 57. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
Q.no 58. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : CPL>= IOPL
Q.no 60. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
B : Multitasking is disabled
Q.no 2. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,
A : read, read
B : write, write
C : read, write
D : write, read
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : GDT
B : LDT
C : IDT
D : None of above
A : fixed
B : 64 KB
D : 8KB
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
A : Extra
B : Stack
C : Code
D : Data
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
A : sets IF
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : resets IF
C : sets IOPL
D : non of above
Q.no 9. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.
A : IVT
B : LDT
C : GDT
D : none of this
A : RET instruction
B : IRET instruction
C : CALL instruction
D : JMP instruction
Q.no 11. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.
A : Limit
B : Type
C : Base
D : Offset
Q.no 12. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----
C : LDT descriptors.
A : an LDT descriptor
B : a TSS descriptor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : None of given.
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 15. How many descriptors can be stored in LDT at the most?
A : 8192
B : 4096
C : 1024
D : 2048
A : 4 bytes
B : 2 bytes
C : 8 bytes
D : 1 byte
Q.no 17. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical
A : Segmentation
B : Paging
C : Both A and B
D : None of above
Q.no 18. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.
A : Segmentation, Paging
B : Paging, Segmentation
C : Segmentation, Control
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Decode, Execution
Q.no 19. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?
A:2
B:4
C:6
D:8
A : Hardware interrupts
B : Software interrupts
C : Procedures
D : Macros
A : EIP
B : ESP
C : EFLAGS
D : ALL
Q.no 22. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 64 bit
Q.no 23. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : bit 1
B : bit 5
C : bit 7
D : bit 4
A : User level
B : Supervised level
C : US level
D : None of these
A : maskable interrupts
C : exceptions
D : traps
Q.no 27. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.
Q.no 28. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?
A : Fault
B : Trigger
C : Abort
D : None of these
Q.no 29. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : PL0
B : PL1
C : PL2
D : PL3
Q.no 30. The privilege level of the code segment determines the
A : RPL
B : DPL
C : CPL
D : IOPL
D : None of above
B : Tables
C : Memory
Q.no 33. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
Q.no 34. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : overflow flag
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
Q.no 35. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
Q.no 36. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
C : 4K
D : 16K
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 38. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
D : None of above
Q.no 39. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
D : Task Register
Q.no 40. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
Q.no 42. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : BUSY pin
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
Q.no 47. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
Q.no 48. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
Q.no 49. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : CR3
Q.no 50. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
Q.no 51. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
Q.no 53. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
A : hold
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 55. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
Q.no 56. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 57. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
Q.no 58. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : VERW instruction
Q.no 60. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.
A:6
B:8
C : 16
D : 20
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : 16
B : 32
C : 48
D : 64
A : User level
B : Supervised level
C : US level
D : None of these
A : RPL
B : DPL
C : CPL
D : IOPL
Q.no 6. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?
A : Fault
B : Trigger
C : Abort
D : None of these
Q.no 7. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?
A : S bit
B : W bit
C : G bit
D : A bit
A : 64 pin
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : 128 pin
C : 132 pin
D : 142 pin
Q.no 9. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----
C : LDT descriptors.
Q.no 10. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
A : 32
B:8
C : 16
D : 64
A : sets IF
B : resets IF
C : sets IOPL
D : non of above
Q.no 13. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.
A:0
B:1
C:2
D:3
Q.no 15. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 64 bit
B : Segment registers
C : Flag registers
A : bit 1
B : bit 5
C : bit 7
D : bit 4
A : END
B : ENDS
C : IRET
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : INTR
Q.no 19. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?
A : PL0
B : PL1
C : PL2
D : PL3
Q.no 20. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of
A : 32 GB
B : 64 MB
C : 32 TB
D : 64TB
A : fixed
B : 64 KB
D : 8KB
C : Limit of GDT
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
Q.no 25. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level
A : Level 0
B : Level 1
C : Level 2
D : Level 3
A : 64 KB.
B : 4 GB.
C : 1 MB
D : none of above.
D : All of above
Q.no 28. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.
A : Limit
B : Type
C : Base
D : Offset
A : an LDT descriptor
B : a TSS descriptor
D : None of given.
A : 4 bytes
B : 2 bytes
C : 8 bytes
D : 1 byte
Q.no 31. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
Q.no 32. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
Q.no 33. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : None of above
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 37. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
Q.no 40. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
A : ARPL
B : LLDT
C : LTR
D : All of above
Q.no 41. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 43. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
Q.no 44. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
Q.no 45. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 47. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
D : Task Register
Q.no 48. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
Q.no 49. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : 8K
C : 4K
D : 16K
B : Tables
C : Memory
Q.no 51. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : hold
Q.no 53. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
Q.no 54. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 55. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
Q.no 58. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 59. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
Q.no 60. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of
A : 32 GB
B : 64 MB
C : 32 TB
D : 64TB
A : fixed
B : 64 KB
D : 8KB
Q.no 3. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.
Q.no 4. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?
A : PL0
B : PL1
C : PL2
D : PL3
A : Four
B : Two
C : Zero
D : One
D : All of above
A : maskable interrupts
C : exceptions
D : traps
Q.no 9. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?
A : S bit
B : W bit
C : G bit
D : A bit
Q.no 10. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?
A : Segment base
B : Segment Descriptor
C : Segment selector
D : Segment Limit
Q.no 11. The privilege level of the code segment determines the
A : RPL
B : DPL
C : CPL
D : IOPL
Q.no 12. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
A : EIP
B : ESP
C : EFLAGS
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : ALL
A : 64 KB.
B : 4 GB.
C : 1 MB
D : none of above.
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 17. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
Q.no 19. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 64 bit
Q.no 20. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.
A : 255
B : 256
C : 65535
D : 65536
A : bit 1
B : bit 5
C : bit 7
D : bit 4
Q.no 22. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.
A : IVT
B : LDT
C : GDT
D : none of this
A:0
B:1
C:2
D:3
A : Hardware interrupts
B : Software interrupts
C : Procedures
D : Macros
A : Overflow exception
C : Interrupt exception
D : Divide error
Q.no 26. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.
A : Segmentation, Paging
B : Paging, Segmentation
C : Segmentation, Control
D : Decode, Execution
A : 4 bytes
B : 2 bytes
C : 8 bytes
D : 1 byte
A : 16
B : 32
C : 48
D : 64
A : CR0
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
Q.no 30. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,
A : read, read
B : write, write
C : read, write
D : write, read
Q.no 31. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
Q.no 32. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
Q.no 33. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
Q.no 34. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
B : Tables
C : Memory
Q.no 37. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
Q.no 39. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 40. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
Q.no 41. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
D : Task Register
Q.no 42. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
Q.no 43. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
A : ARPL
B : LLDT
C : LTR
D : All of above
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : None of above
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 46. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
Q.no 47. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
Q.no 48. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
Q.no 49. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : 4K
D : 16K
Q.no 50. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
C : DPL
Q.no 51. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
Q.no 52. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
A : hold
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 55. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 56. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
Q.no 58. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
Q.no 59. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
Q.no 60. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : GDT
B : LDT
C : IDT
D : None of above
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Four
B : Two
C : Zero
D : One
C : Limit of GDT
A : RET instruction
B : IRET instruction
C : CALL instruction
D : JMP instruction
A : 32
B:8
C : 16
D : 64
A : 64 KB.
B : 4 GB.
C : 1 MB
D : none of above.
A : 16
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : 32
C : 48
D : 64
A : Segment base
B : Segment Descriptor
C : Segment selector
D : Segment Limit
D : All of above
A : bit 1
B : bit 5
C : bit 7
D : bit 4
Q.no 12. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of
A : 32 GB
B : 64 MB
C : 32 TB
D : 64TB
D : All of above
Q.no 15. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
A : END
B : ENDS
C : IRET
D : INTR
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
Q.no 18. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?
A : PL0
B : PL1
C : PL2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : PL3
A : Hardware interrupts
B : Software interrupts
C : Procedures
D : Macros
A : 4 bytes
B : 2 bytes
C : 8 bytes
D : 1 byte
A : User level
B : Supervised level
C : US level
D : None of these
Q.no 22. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.
A : 255
B : 256
C : 65535
D : 65536
Q.no 23. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level
A : Level 0
B : Level 1
C : Level 2
D : Level 3
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : fixed
B : 64 KB
D : 8KB
A : an LDT descriptor
B : a TSS descriptor
D : None of given.
Q.no 26. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
A : maskable interrupts
C : exceptions
D : traps
Q.no 28. The privilege level of the code segment determines the
A : RPL
B : DPL
C : CPL
D : IOPL
A : SS:ESP
B : SS:EIP
C : GS:ESP
D : GS:EIP
Q.no 30. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
Q.no 33. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
C : DPL
Q.no 35. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
Q.no 36. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
Q.no 37. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
D : None of above
Q.no 38. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Tables
C : Memory
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 41. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 42. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
Q.no 43. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
Q.no 44. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 45. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 47. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
Q.no 48. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
Q.no 49. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
A : ARPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : LLDT
C : LTR
D : All of above
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
Q.no 51. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : hold
Q.no 53. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
Q.no 54. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 55. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
Q.no 56. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
Q.no 57. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
Q.no 60. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : RET instruction
B : IRET instruction
C : CALL instruction
D : JMP instruction
A : fixed
B : 64 KB
D : 8KB
A : Divide Error
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
A : 4 bytes
B : 2 bytes
C : 8 bytes
D : 1 byte
A : RPL
B : DPL
C : CPL
D : IOPL
A : Hardware interrupts
B : Software interrupts
C : Procedures
D : Macros
A : 8192
B : 4096
C : 1024
D : 2048
A:1
B:2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C:3
D:0
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
A : 64 KB.
B : 4 GB.
C : 1 MB
D : none of above.
B : Multitasking is disabled
Q.no 12. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical
A : Segmentation
B : Paging
C : Both A and B
D : None of above
A : Extra
B : Stack
C : Code
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Data
A : maskable interrupts
C : exceptions
D : traps
B : Segment registers
C : Flag registers
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
A : END
B : ENDS
C : IRET
D : INTR
A : 16
B : 32
C : 48
D : 64
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : 32
B:8
C : 16
D : 64
A : sets IF
B : resets IF
C : sets IOPL
D : non of above
D : All of above
Q.no 22. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 64 bit
Q.no 23. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.
A : Segmentation, Paging
B : Paging, Segmentation
C : Segmentation, Control
D : Decode, Execution
A : EIP
B : ESP
C : EFLAGS
D : ALL
A:8
B : 16
C : 10
D : 20
Q.no 26. In segmentation process when TI = 0 , then destination segment descriptor is fetched
from ---------------
A : GDT
B : LDT
C : IDT
D : None of above
A : Four
B : Two
C : Zero
D : One
Q.no 28. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.
A : 255
B : 256
C : 65535
D : 65536
Q.no 29. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : IVT
B : LDT
C : GDT
D : none of this
A : Overflow exception
C : Interrupt exception
D : Divide error
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
Q.no 32. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
C : 4K
D : 16K
D : None of above
Q.no 35. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
A : ARPL
B : LLDT
C : LTR
D : All of above
Q.no 36. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 37. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
Q.no 38. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
A : INTR pin
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
Q.no 40. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 42. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
Q.no 43. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Overflow exception
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
B : Tables
C : Memory
Q.no 47. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
Q.no 48. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
Q.no 49. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
Q.no 50. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
C : DPL
Q.no 51. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 52. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
Q.no 54. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 55. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
Q.no 56. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 57. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
Q.no 58. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : VERW instruction
A : hold
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?
A:2
B:4
C:6
D:8
A : 16
B : 32
C : 48
D : 64
A : 64 KB.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : 4 GB.
C : 1 MB
D : none of above.
A : RET instruction
B : IRET instruction
C : CALL instruction
D : JMP instruction
A : sets IF
B : resets IF
C : sets IOPL
D : non of above
Q.no 6. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?
A : Fault
B : Trigger
C : Abort
D : None of these
A:8
B : 16
C : 10
D : 20
A : 4 bytes
B : 2 bytes
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : 8 bytes
D : 1 byte
A : an LDT descriptor
B : a TSS descriptor
D : None of given.
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
Q.no 11. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?
A : Segment base
B : Segment Descriptor
C : Segment selector
D : Segment Limit
Q.no 12. In segmentation process when TI = 0 , then destination segment descriptor is fetched
from ---------------
A : GDT
B : LDT
C : IDT
D : None of above
A : SS:ESP
B : SS:EIP
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : GS:ESP
D : GS:EIP
Q.no 14. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.
A : 255
B : 256
C : 65535
D : 65536
A : Extra
B : Stack
C : Code
D : Data
Q.no 16. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.
A : Segmentation, Paging
B : Paging, Segmentation
C : Segmentation, Control
D : Decode, Execution
A : Hardware interrupts
B : Software interrupts
C : Procedures
D : Macros
A : 32
B:8
C : 16
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : 64
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
Q.no 20. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----
C : LDT descriptors.
C : Limit of GDT
D : All of above
A : Overflow exception
C : Interrupt exception
D : Divide error
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 24. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
Q.no 25. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?
A : PL0
B : PL1
C : PL2
D : PL3
Q.no 26. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 64 bit
Q.no 27. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.
A:6
B:8
C : 16
D : 20
Q.no 28. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Multitasking is disabled
Q.no 30. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical
A : Segmentation
B : Paging
C : Both A and B
D : None of above
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
Q.no 33. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
C : 4K
D : 16K
Q.no 34. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 35. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
A : ARPL
B : LLDT
C : LTR
D : All of above
Q.no 37. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
Q.no 39. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : None of above
Q.no 40. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
Q.no 41. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
C : DPL
Q.no 42. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
Q.no 43. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : None of above
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 46. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
Q.no 47. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
Q.no 48. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
B : Tables
C : Memory
Q.no 50. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
Q.no 51. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
Q.no 52. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 53. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
Q.no 55. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
Q.no 57. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
Q.no 58. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
A : hold
Q.no 60. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
A : Segmentation
B : Paging
C : Both A and B
D : None of above
B : Segment registers
C : Flag registers
Q.no 4. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?
A:2
B:4
C:6
D:8
Q.no 5. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.
A : Segmentation, Paging
B : Paging, Segmentation
C : Segmentation, Control
D : Decode, Execution
A : Segment base
B : Segment Descriptor
C : Segment selector
D : Segment Limit
A : Hardware interrupts
B : Software interrupts
C : Procedures
D : Macros
Q.no 8. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.
A : Limit
B : Type
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Base
D : Offset
D : All of above
A : Extra
B : Stack
C : Code
D : Data
Q.no 11. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of
A : 32 GB
B : 64 MB
C : 32 TB
D : 64TB
Q.no 14. The privilege level of the code segment determines the
A : RPL
B : DPL
C : CPL
D : IOPL
B : Multitasking is disabled
Q.no 16. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,
A : read, read
B : write, write
C : read, write
D : write, read
Q.no 17. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to
C : Execution unit
D : control unit
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 19. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----
C : LDT descriptors.
Q.no 20. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
A : 64 KB.
B : 4 GB.
C : 1 MB
D : none of above.
Q.no 22. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?
A : S bit
B : W bit
C : G bit
D : A bit
Q.no 23. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.
A:6
B:8
C : 16
D : 20
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : SS:ESP
B : SS:EIP
C : GS:ESP
D : GS:EIP
Q.no 25. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level
A : Level 0
B : Level 1
C : Level 2
D : Level 3
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
Q.no 27. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.
A:0
B:1
C:2
D:3
A : Four
B : Two
C : Zero
D : One
A : RET instruction
B : IRET instruction
C : CALL instruction
D : JMP instruction
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
Q.no 32. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
Q.no 33. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 34. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
D : None of above
Q.no 37. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
A : ARPL
B : LLDT
C : LTR
D : All of above
Q.no 38. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
Q.no 39. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
B : Tables
C : Memory
Q.no 42. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
Q.no 43. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
Q.no 44. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
Q.no 45. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
Q.no 47. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
D : None of above
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 49. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : RPL
C : DPL
Q.no 50. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
D : Task Register
Q.no 51. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
Q.no 52. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
Q.no 53. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : hold
Q.no 55. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
Q.no 57. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 58. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
Q.no 59. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.
A:6
B:8
C : 16
D : 20
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : 64 pin
B : 128 pin
C : 132 pin
D : 142 pin
A : EIP
B : ESP
C : EFLAGS
D : ALL
A : Hardware interrupts
B : Software interrupts
C : Procedures
D : Macros
Q.no 6. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.
A : Limit
B : Type
C : Base
D : Offset
A : Overflow exception
C : Interrupt exception
D : Divide error
D : All of above
Q.no 9. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of
A : 32 GB
B : 64 MB
C : 32 TB
D : 64TB
Q.no 10. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.
A : Segmentation, Paging
B : Paging, Segmentation
C : Segmentation, Control
D : Decode, Execution
Q.no 11. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level
A : Level 0
B : Level 1
C : Level 2
D : Level 3
Q.no 12. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
Q.no 13. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,
A : read, read
B : write, write
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : read, write
D : write, read
Q.no 14. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
Q.no 15. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?
A : S bit
B : W bit
C : G bit
D : A bit
A : Four
B : Two
C : Zero
D : One
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
A : fixed
B : 64 KB
D : 8KB
B : Multitasking is disabled
Q.no 21. The privilege level of the code segment determines the
A : RPL
B : DPL
C : CPL
D : IOPL
D : All of above
A : END
B : ENDS
C : IRET
D : INTR
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : an LDT descriptor
B : a TSS descriptor
D : None of given.
Q.no 25. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.
A : IVT
B : LDT
C : GDT
D : none of this
A : 64 KB.
B : 4 GB.
C : 1 MB
D : none of above.
Q.no 27. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to
C : Execution unit
D : control unit
A : bit 1
B : bit 5
C : bit 7
D : bit 4
Q.no 29. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : LDT descriptors.
Q.no 30. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?
A:2
B:4
C:6
D:8
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 33. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
C : 4K
D : 16K
Q.no 34. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
Q.no 35. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
C : DPL
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
Q.no 37. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
Q.no 38. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
D : None of above
Q.no 39. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
Q.no 40. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
Q.no 41. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
D : Task Register
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
Q.no 43. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
Q.no 44. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
Q.no 45. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
A : ARPL
B : LLDT
C : LTR
D : All of above
Q.no 46. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
Q.no 48. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 49. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
D : None of above
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
Q.no 53. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 54. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
A : hold
Q.no 56. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
Q.no 57. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
Q.no 58. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 59. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
Q.no 60. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.
A : Limit
B : Type
C : Base
D : Offset
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
A:0
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B:1
C:2
D:3
A : RPL
B : DPL
C : CPL
D : IOPL
Q.no 5. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.
A : Segmentation, Paging
B : Paging, Segmentation
C : Segmentation, Control
D : Decode, Execution
Q.no 6. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 64 bit
Q.no 7. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?
A : Fault
B : Trigger
C : Abort
D : None of these
Q.no 9. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.
A : IVT
B : LDT
C : GDT
D : none of this
A : END
B : ENDS
C : IRET
D : INTR
A : fixed
B : 64 KB
D : 8KB
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
A : bit 1
B : bit 5
C : bit 7
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : bit 4
A : SS:ESP
B : SS:EIP
C : GS:ESP
D : GS:EIP
A : Extra
B : Stack
C : Code
D : Data
Q.no 16. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical
A : Segmentation
B : Paging
C : Both A and B
D : None of above
Q.no 17. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of
A : 32 GB
B : 64 MB
C : 32 TB
D : 64TB
Q.no 18. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.
A : maskable interrupts
C : exceptions
D : traps
A : Overflow exception
C : Interrupt exception
D : Divide error
A : Hardware interrupts
B : Software interrupts
C : Procedures
D : Macros
Q.no 22. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?
A : S bit
B : W bit
C : G bit
D : A bit
A : Four
B : Two
C : Zero
D : One
Q.no 24. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 26. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.
A:6
B:8
C : 16
D : 20
A : sets IF
B : resets IF
C : sets IOPL
D : non of above
A : an LDT descriptor
B : a TSS descriptor
D : None of given.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : 64 pin
B : 128 pin
C : 132 pin
D : 142 pin
Q.no 31. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
Q.no 32. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
Q.no 33. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
Q.no 35. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
Q.no 36. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
D : Task Register
Q.no 37. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
Q.no 38. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 40. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
Q.no 41. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
C : DPL
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
Q.no 43. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
A : Divide Error
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 45. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
A : ARPL
B : LLDT
C : LTR
D : All of above
B : Tables
C : Memory
Q.no 47. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
D : None of above
D : None of above
Q.no 49. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
Q.no 50. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
C : 4K
D : 16K
Q.no 51. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
Q.no 53. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
Q.no 54. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
A : hold
Q.no 56. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
Q.no 57. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 58. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 60. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A:0
B:1
C:2
D:3
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
A : Segment base
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Segment Descriptor
C : Segment selector
D : Segment Limit
A : RET instruction
B : IRET instruction
C : CALL instruction
D : JMP instruction
Q.no 5. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of
A : 32 GB
B : 64 MB
C : 32 TB
D : 64TB
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
A : Extra
B : Stack
C : Code
D : Data
A : EIP
B : ESP
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : EFLAGS
D : ALL
Q.no 9. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?
A : Fault
B : Trigger
C : Abort
D : None of these
A : User level
B : Supervised level
C : US level
D : None of these
Q.no 11. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----
C : LDT descriptors.
Q.no 12. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?
A : S bit
B : W bit
C : G bit
D : A bit
D : All of above
B : Segment registers
C : Flag registers
Q.no 15. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,
A : read, read
B : write, write
C : read, write
D : write, read
A : fixed
B : 64 KB
D : 8KB
B : Multitasking is disabled
A : END
B : ENDS
C : IRET
D : INTR
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : sets IF
B : resets IF
C : sets IOPL
D : non of above
Q.no 20. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?
A:2
B:4
C:6
D:8
A : 64 KB.
B : 4 GB.
C : 1 MB
D : none of above.
Q.no 22. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
Q.no 23. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.
A : IVT
B : LDT
C : GDT
D : none of this
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 24. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.
A:6
B:8
C : 16
D : 20
Q.no 25. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.
D : All of above
Q.no 27. How many descriptors can be stored in LDT at the most?
A : 8192
B : 4096
C : 1024
D : 2048
Q.no 28. In segmentation process when TI = 0 , then destination segment descriptor is fetched
from ---------------
A : GDT
B : LDT
C : IDT
D : None of above
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A:8
B : 16
C : 10
D : 20
Q.no 30. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.
A : 255
B : 256
C : 65535
D : 65536
Q.no 31. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
Q.no 32. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
Q.no 33. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Tables
C : Memory
Q.no 35. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
Q.no 36. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 37. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
Q.no 38. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 39. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
C : DPL
Q.no 40. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
C : 4K
D : 16K
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 43. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 44. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
Q.no 45. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
D : None of above
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 49. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
D : None of above
Q.no 51. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
Q.no 53. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
A : hold
Q.no 56. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
Q.no 57. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
Q.no 58. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
Q.no 59. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 60. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
D : All of above
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 3. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.
A : Limit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Type
C : Base
D : Offset
A : sets IF
B : resets IF
C : sets IOPL
D : non of above
Q.no 5. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 64 bit
A : Extra
B : Stack
C : Code
D : Data
Q.no 7. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?
A : Fault
B : Trigger
C : Abort
D : None of these
A : END
B : ENDS
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : IRET
D : INTR
A : Four
B : Two
C : Zero
D : One
A : maskable interrupts
C : exceptions
D : traps
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 12. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level
A : Level 0
B : Level 1
C : Level 2
D : Level 3
Q.no 13. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.
A:1
B:2
C:3
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D:0
Q.no 14. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of
A : 32 GB
B : 64 MB
C : 32 TB
D : 64TB
Q.no 15. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.
A : 255
B : 256
C : 65535
D : 65536
A : 32
B:8
C : 16
D : 64
Q.no 17. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----
C : LDT descriptors.
Q.no 18. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.
A : Segmentation, Paging
B : Paging, Segmentation
C : Segmentation, Control
D : Decode, Execution
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 19. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?
A : Segment base
B : Segment Descriptor
C : Segment selector
D : Segment Limit
A : Overflow exception
C : Interrupt exception
D : Divide error
Q.no 21. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?
A : S bit
B : W bit
C : G bit
D : A bit
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
Q.no 23. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?
A:2
B:4
C:6
D:8
Q.no 24. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
Q.no 25. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical
A : Segmentation
B : Paging
C : Both A and B
D : None of above
A:8
B : 16
C : 10
D : 20
Q.no 27. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.
A:6
B:8
C : 16
D : 20
Q.no 28. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.
A : IVT
B : LDT
C : GDT
D : none of this
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : bit 1
B : bit 5
C : bit 7
D : bit 4
D : None of above
Q.no 32. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
Q.no 33. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
D : None of above
Q.no 34. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
D : Task Register
Q.no 35. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
Q.no 36. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
Q.no 39. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
A : ARPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : LLDT
C : LTR
D : All of above
Q.no 40. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
Q.no 41. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 43. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
C : DPL
Q.no 44. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 45. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
Q.no 46. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 47. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
Q.no 48. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 50. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
C : 4K
D : 16K
Q.no 51. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
Q.no 52. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
Q.no 53. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
Q.no 54. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
Q.no 55. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
Q.no 57. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
A : hold
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
Q.no 60. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----
C : LDT descriptors.
A:8
B : 16
C : 10
D : 20
Q.no 3. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?
A:2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B:4
C:6
D:8
A : User level
B : Supervised level
C : US level
D : None of these
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
Q.no 6. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.
A : 255
B : 256
C : 65535
D : 65536
A : 16
B : 32
C : 48
D : 64
A : fixed
B : 64 KB
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : 8KB
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
Q.no 10. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 64 bit
A : RET instruction
B : IRET instruction
C : CALL instruction
D : JMP instruction
Q.no 12. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,
A : read, read
B : write, write
C : read, write
D : write, read
A : Extra
B : Stack
C : Code
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Data
A : sets IF
B : resets IF
C : sets IOPL
D : non of above
Q.no 15. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical
A : Segmentation
B : Paging
C : Both A and B
D : None of above
Q.no 16. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.
A : Segmentation, Paging
B : Paging, Segmentation
C : Segmentation, Control
D : Decode, Execution
Q.no 17. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
A : Hardware interrupts
B : Software interrupts
C : Procedures
D : Macros
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : 4 bytes
B : 2 bytes
C : 8 bytes
D : 1 byte
Q.no 20. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.
A:6
B:8
C : 16
D : 20
D : All of above
A : bit 1
B : bit 5
C : bit 7
D : bit 4
A : 64 KB.
B : 4 GB.
C : 1 MB
D : none of above.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 25. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?
A : Fault
B : Trigger
C : Abort
D : None of these
Q.no 26. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.
A : 64 pin
B : 128 pin
C : 132 pin
D : 142 pin
A : Four
B : Two
C : Zero
D : One
A:0
B:1
C:2
D:3
A : SS:ESP
B : SS:EIP
C : GS:ESP
D : GS:EIP
Q.no 31. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
C : 4K
D : 16K
Q.no 32. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 33. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : None of above
Q.no 35. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
Q.no 37. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
Q.no 38. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
Q.no 39. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 40. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
C : Limit of GDT
B : Tables
C : Memory
Q.no 44. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : None of above
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
Q.no 46. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
Q.no 47. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
C : DPL
Q.no 48. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
Q.no 49. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : Task Register
Q.no 51. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
Q.no 53. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
A : hold
Q.no 55. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
Q.no 56. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
Q.no 58. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 59. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : 10
Q.no 60. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : bit 1
B : bit 5
C : bit 7
D : bit 4
Q.no 2. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?
A : PL0
B : PL1
C : PL2
D : PL3
A : User level
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Supervised level
C : US level
D : None of these
A : 8192
B : 4096
C : 1024
D : 2048
A : END
B : ENDS
C : IRET
D : INTR
A : 64 pin
B : 128 pin
C : 132 pin
D : 142 pin
Q.no 7. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?
A:2
B:4
C:6
D:8
A : GDT
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : LDT
C : IDT
D : None of above
Q.no 10. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?
A : S bit
B : W bit
C : G bit
D : A bit
Q.no 11. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----
C : LDT descriptors.
A : 32
B:8
C : 16
D : 64
Q.no 13. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical
A : Segmentation
B : Paging
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Both A and B
D : None of above
Q.no 14. The privilege level of the code segment determines the
A : RPL
B : DPL
C : CPL
D : IOPL
A : Hardware interrupts
B : Software interrupts
C : Procedures
D : Macros
Q.no 16. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?
A : Fault
B : Trigger
C : Abort
D : None of these
A:8
B : 16
C : 10
D : 20
Q.no 18. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.
A:6
B:8
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : 16
D : 20
Q.no 19. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.
A : Segmentation, Paging
B : Paging, Segmentation
C : Segmentation, Control
D : Decode, Execution
A : an LDT descriptor
B : a TSS descriptor
D : None of given.
D : All of above
Q.no 22. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 64 bit
Q.no 23. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.
Q.no 24. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
Q.no 25. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?
A : Segment base
B : Segment Descriptor
C : Segment selector
D : Segment Limit
Q.no 26. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level
A : Level 0
B : Level 1
C : Level 2
D : Level 3
A:0
B:1
C:2
D:3
Q.no 28. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.
A : 255
B : 256
C : 65535
D : 65536
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Extra
B : Stack
C : Code
D : Data
A : fixed
B : 64 KB
D : 8KB
Q.no 31. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
Q.no 32. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 33. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
Q.no 34. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
Q.no 37. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
Q.no 38. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
A : ARPL
B : LLDT
C : LTR
D : All of above
C : Limit of GDT
Q.no 41. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
Q.no 42. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
D : None of above
Q.no 44. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Tables
C : Memory
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 47. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
D : None of above
Q.no 48. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
Q.no 49. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : RPL
C : DPL
Q.no 50. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
D : Task Register
Q.no 51. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
Q.no 52. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
A : hold
Q.no 54. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
Q.no 55. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
Q.no 57. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
Q.no 58. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 59. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C:9
D : 10
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : 64 pin
B : 128 pin
C : 132 pin
D : 142 pin
A:0
B:1
C:2
D:3
Q.no 3. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?
A:2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B:4
C:6
D:8
Q.no 4. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
Q.no 5. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 64 bit
Q.no 6. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.
A:6
B:8
C : 16
D : 20
D : All of above
Q.no 8. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Execution unit
D : control unit
C : Limit of GDT
A : Extra
B : Stack
C : Code
D : Data
A : END
B : ENDS
C : IRET
D : INTR
Q.no 12. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
Q.no 13. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.
A : Overflow exception
C : Interrupt exception
D : Divide error
A : RET instruction
B : IRET instruction
C : CALL instruction
D : JMP instruction
B : Segment registers
C : Flag registers
A : 64 KB.
B : 4 GB.
C : 1 MB
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : none of above.
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
Q.no 20. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.
A : 255
B : 256
C : 65535
D : 65536
A : Four
B : Two
C : Zero
D : One
Q.no 22. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?
A : Fault
B : Trigger
C : Abort
D : None of these
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
A : EIP
B : ESP
C : EFLAGS
D : ALL
Q.no 27. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of
A : 32 GB
B : 64 MB
C : 32 TB
D : 64TB
A : SS:ESP
B : SS:EIP
C : GS:ESP
D : GS:EIP
Q.no 29. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Segment base
B : Segment Descriptor
C : Segment selector
D : Segment Limit
Q.no 30. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,
A : read, read
B : write, write
C : read, write
D : write, read
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
Q.no 32. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
D : Task Register
Q.no 33. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
Q.no 34. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : None of above
Q.no 35. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
Q.no 36. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
Q.no 37. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
C : DPL
Q.no 38. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
Q.no 39. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
Q.no 40. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
A : ARPL
B : LLDT
C : LTR
D : All of above
B : Tables
C : Memory
Q.no 42. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
Q.no 44. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 45. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
Q.no 46. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
C : 4K
D : 16K
Q.no 47. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 51. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
Q.no 53. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
A : hold
Q.no 55. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 56. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
Q.no 57. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
Q.no 58. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
Q.no 59. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : 10
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : Level 0
B : Level 1
C : Level 2
D : Level 3
A:0
B:1
C:2
D:3
Q.no 3. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.
A : Limit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Type
C : Base
D : Offset
Q.no 4. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 6. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?
A : S bit
B : W bit
C : G bit
D : A bit
Q.no 7. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.
A:6
B:8
C : 16
D : 20
A : Overflow exception
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Interrupt exception
D : Divide error
A : GDT
B : LDT
C : IDT
D : None of above
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
A : SS:ESP
B : SS:EIP
C : GS:ESP
D : GS:EIP
D : All of above
A : RET instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : IRET instruction
C : CALL instruction
D : JMP instruction
Q.no 14. How many descriptors can be stored in LDT at the most?
A : 8192
B : 4096
C : 1024
D : 2048
A : maskable interrupts
C : exceptions
D : traps
B : Multitasking is disabled
Q.no 17. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,
A : read, read
B : write, write
C : read, write
D : write, read
Q.no 18. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----
C : LDT descriptors.
Q.no 19. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?
A : Segment base
B : Segment Descriptor
C : Segment selector
D : Segment Limit
Q.no 21. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to
C : Execution unit
D : control unit
A:8
B : 16
C : 10
D : 20
A : EIP
B : ESP
C : EFLAGS
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : ALL
A : Four
B : Two
C : Zero
D : One
A : 32
B:8
C : 16
D : 64
Q.no 26. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of
A : 32 GB
B : 64 MB
C : 32 TB
D : 64TB
Q.no 27. The privilege level of the code segment determines the
A : RPL
B : DPL
C : CPL
D : IOPL
Q.no 28. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.
A : 255
B : 256
C : 65535
D : 65536
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 29. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?
A : Fault
B : Trigger
C : Abort
D : None of these
A : User level
B : Supervised level
C : US level
D : None of these
Q.no 31. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
Q.no 32. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
Q.no 33. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 35. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
A : ARPL
B : LLDT
C : LTR
D : All of above
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
Q.no 37. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
Q.no 38. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
D : Task Register
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 39. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
C : Limit of GDT
B : Tables
C : Memory
D : None of above
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 44. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
Q.no 46. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
Q.no 47. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
C : 4K
D : 16K
Q.no 48. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
C : DPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 49. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 50. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
D : None of above
Q.no 51. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
Q.no 52. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
Q.no 53. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 54. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
Q.no 56. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : hold
Q.no 58. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
Q.no 60. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of
A : 32 GB
B : 64 MB
C : 32 TB
D : 64TB
Q.no 2. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
A : Extra
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Stack
C : Code
D : Data
B : Segment registers
C : Flag registers
A : fixed
B : 64 KB
D : 8KB
A : 8192
B : 4096
C : 1024
D : 2048
Q.no 7. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.
A : 255
B : 256
C : 65535
D : 65536
A : RET instruction
B : IRET instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : CALL instruction
D : JMP instruction
Q.no 9. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 64 bit
Q.no 10. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical
A : Segmentation
B : Paging
C : Both A and B
D : None of above
Q.no 11. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?
A:2
B:4
C:6
D:8
A:8
B : 16
C : 10
D : 20
Q.no 13. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to
C : Execution unit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : control unit
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
B : Multitasking is disabled
Q.no 16. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?
A : S bit
B : W bit
C : G bit
D : A bit
D : All of above
A : END
B : ENDS
C : IRET
D : INTR
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 19. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.
A : IVT
B : LDT
C : GDT
D : none of this
A : maskable interrupts
C : exceptions
D : traps
A : 16
B : 32
C : 48
D : 64
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
D : All of above
A : 32
B:8
C : 16
D : 64
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
A : an LDT descriptor
B : a TSS descriptor
D : None of given.
A : bit 1
B : bit 5
C : bit 7
D : bit 4
Q.no 29. The privilege level of the code segment determines the
A : RPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : DPL
C : CPL
D : IOPL
Q.no 30. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level
A : Level 0
B : Level 1
C : Level 2
D : Level 3
Q.no 31. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
Q.no 32. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
Q.no 33. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
D : None of above
Q.no 34. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
Q.no 36. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
Q.no 37. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
B : Tables
C : Memory
Q.no 39. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
Q.no 40. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 41. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
Q.no 43. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 45. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
Q.no 46. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
C : DPL
Q.no 47. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
D : Task Register
Q.no 48. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
A : User/Supervisor bit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 51. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
Q.no 53. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
Q.no 54. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
Q.no 56. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : hold
Q.no 58. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
Q.no 59. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
Q.no 60. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
A : RPL
B : DPL
C : CPL
D : IOPL
A : RET instruction
B : IRET instruction
C : CALL instruction
D : JMP instruction
B : Segment registers
C : Flag registers
Q.no 4. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.
A : Segmentation, Paging
B : Paging, Segmentation
C : Segmentation, Control
D : Decode, Execution
Q.no 5. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,
A : read, read
B : write, write
C : read, write
D : write, read
Q.no 6. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?
A : PL0
B : PL1
C : PL2
D : PL3
Q.no 7. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to
C : Execution unit
D : control unit
A : 16
B : 32
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : 48
D : 64
A : SS:ESP
B : SS:EIP
C : GS:ESP
D : GS:EIP
Q.no 10. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
A : an LDT descriptor
B : a TSS descriptor
D : None of given.
A : 4 bytes
B : 2 bytes
C : 8 bytes
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : 1 byte
Q.no 14. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?
A : S bit
B : W bit
C : G bit
D : A bit
A : Four
B : Two
C : Zero
D : One
A : Hardware interrupts
B : Software interrupts
C : Procedures
D : Macros
Q.no 17. In segmentation process when TI = 0 , then destination segment descriptor is fetched
from ---------------
A : GDT
B : LDT
C : IDT
D : None of above
Q.no 18. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : 64 bit
A:0
B:1
C:2
D:3
A : EIP
B : ESP
C : EFLAGS
D : ALL
A : User level
B : Supervised level
C : US level
D : None of these
A : bit 1
B : bit 5
C : bit 7
D : bit 4
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 24. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level
A : Level 0
B : Level 1
C : Level 2
D : Level 3
Q.no 25. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.
A:6
B:8
C : 16
D : 20
A : fixed
B : 64 KB
D : 8KB
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
B : Multitasking is disabled
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Overflow exception
C : Interrupt exception
D : Divide error
Q.no 31. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
Q.no 32. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
Q.no 33. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 35. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
D : None of above
Q.no 36. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 37. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
Q.no 38. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
D : Task Register
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
C : Write Bit
B : Tables
C : Memory
Q.no 41. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
C : 4K
D : 16K
Q.no 42. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
Q.no 43. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------
B : Bottom of stack
C : Middle of stack
D : None
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 44. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
D : None of above
Q.no 47. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
C : DPL
Q.no 48. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
Q.no 49. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
A : ARPL
B : LLDT
C : LTR
D : All of above
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
Q.no 51. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
A : hold
Q.no 53. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
Q.no 54. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B:8
C:9
D : 10
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
Q.no 57. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
Q.no 58. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 59. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : system descriptor
Q.no 60. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
Q.no 2. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?
A : S bit
B : W bit
C : G bit
D : A bit
Q.no 3. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?
A:2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B:4
C:6
D:8
B : Multitasking is disabled
D : All of above
Q.no 6. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is
A : 8 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 64 bit
A : 64 KB.
B : 4 GB.
C : 1 MB
D : none of above.
A : bit 1
B : bit 5
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : bit 7
D : bit 4
D : All of above
Q.no 10. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.
A : IVT
B : LDT
C : GDT
D : none of this
Q.no 11. How many descriptors can be stored in LDT at the most?
A : 8192
B : 4096
C : 1024
D : 2048
Q.no 12. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----
C : LDT descriptors.
A : an LDT descriptor
B : a TSS descriptor
D : None of given.
Q.no 14. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:0
A : maskable interrupts
C : exceptions
D : traps
A : Overflow exception
C : Interrupt exception
D : Divide error
A : 32
B:8
C : 16
D : 64
Q.no 18. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.
A : Segmentation, Paging
B : Paging, Segmentation
C : Segmentation, Control
D : Decode, Execution
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
B : Segment registers
C : Flag registers
A : Outside
B : Within
C : None
D : Both
Q.no 21. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.
A : 255
B : 256
C : 65535
D : 65536
A : Four
B : Two
C : Zero
D : One
A : Extra
B : Stack
C : Code
D : Data
A : sets IF
B : resets IF
C : sets IOPL
D : non of above
Q.no 25. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level
A : Level 0
B : Level 1
C : Level 2
D : Level 3
Q.no 26. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to
C : Execution unit
D : control unit
A : EIP
B : ESP
C : EFLAGS
D : ALL
A:8
B : 16
C : 10
D : 20
Q.no 30. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?
A : PL0
B : PL1
C : PL2
D : PL3
Q.no 31. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?
A : Minimum one
D : None of above
Q.no 32. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?
A : CPL
B : RPL
C : DPL
Q.no 33. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.
A : static
B : dynamic
C : reserved
D : bank
A : User/Supervisor bit
B : Read Bit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Write Bit
Q.no 35. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with
A : privilege level 0
B : privilege level 1
C : privilege level 2
D : privilege level 3
Q.no 36. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
A : ARPL
B : LLDT
C : LTR
D : All of above
Q.no 37. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called
A : port-mapped I/O
B : controller-mapped I/O
C : bus-mapped I/O
A : Divide Error
B : Debug Exception
C : Overflow exception
Q.no 39. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is
A : 2K
B : 8K
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : 4K
D : 16K
Q.no 40. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.
Q.no 41. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.
A : front-link
B : back-link
C : next-link
D : previous-link
A : INTR pin
B : INT pin
C : NMI pin
D : BUSY pin
A : IN/OUT
B : INS/OUTS
C : INSB/OUTSB
D : INC/DEC
Q.no 44. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
Q.no 45. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
A : base address
B : attribute bit
C : present bit
D : granular bit
Q.no 46. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is
A : CR0
B : CR1
C : CR2
D : CR3
Q.no 48. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in
D : Task Register
Q.no 49. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
A : direction flag
B : overflow flag
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : interrupt flag
D : sign flag
Q.no 50. The program can reference data only within a segment in which
B : DPL>=CPL
C : DPL=CPL
D : RPL=DPL
Q.no 51. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
D : 10
Q.no 52. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as
A : CPL< IOPL
B : CPL<= IOPL
C : CPL>IOPL
D : CPL>= IOPL
Q.no 54. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------
A : TSS
B : base address
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
C : Segment Limit
D : TSS descriptor
Q.no 55. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is
C : system descriptor
Q.no 56. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called
A : IRET instruction
B : LAR instruction
C : LSL instruction
D : VERW instruction
A : hold
Q.no 59. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.
A:7
B:8
C:9
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1
D : 10
Q.no 60. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are
A : higher 4 bits
B : lower 8 bits
C : higher 10 bits
D : lower 12 bits
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
PWD12242_MICROCONTROLLERS
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
Q.no 1. ____ register is used to read input from the port
A : TRIS
B : LAT
C : READ
D : PORT
A : 0000h
B : 001Bh
C : 000008h
D : 000018h
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
A : Dc to dc
B : Ac to ac
C : Dc to ac
D : Digital-to-analogue
Q.no 5. On power up, the 8051 uses which RAM locations for register R0- R7
A : 00-2F
B : 00-0F
C : 00-7F
D : 00-07
A:3
B:5
C:2
D:1
Q.no 7. Which of the ports act as the 16 bit address lines for transferring data
through it?
A : 20
B:8
C : 21
D : 34
A : 12
B : 16
C : 10
D : 14
A : Data latch
B : Address latch
C : Signal latch
D : control latch
Q.no 13. The E pin requires an ___ pulse to latch infromation at the data pins of
the LCD
A : H - to - L
B : L - to - H
C : always H
D : always L
A : 2K,256 bytes
C : 4K,128 bytes
D : 2K,128 bytes
B : Select Channel
C : Slect Clock
A : Driver
B : Isolater
C : Latch
D : Buffer
Q.no 18. In unsigned number addition, the status of which bit is important?
A : OV
B : PSW
C : AC
D : CY
D : Threshold analyser
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:1
Q.no 21. What is count require to rotate the stepper motor in 90 degree if it
complete 1 revolution in 200 steps
A : 40
B : 50
C : 60
D : 70
A : Timer 0
B : Timer 0 or Timer 3
D : Timer 2
B : Dc-48MHz
C : Dc-40 MHz
D : Dc-60 MHz
Q.no 24. Serial port interrupt is generated, if ____ bits are set
A : IE
B : RI
C : TI
D : RI,TI
B : 16-bit timer/counter
D : 8-bit timer/counter
Q.no 26. o display ‘A’ using common cathode seven-segment display, the code
required is
A : 7FH
B : 77H
C : 79H
D : 80H
B:6
C:4
D:5
Q.no 29. How many data lines are essential in addition to RS , EN and RW control
lines for interfacing LCD with PIC microcontroller?
A:3
B:5
C:8
D : 10
Q.no 30. If LED is connected with Anode to port what is its status on power on
reset
A : OFF
B : undefined
C : ON
D : Tristate
Q.no 31. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be
A : driven high
B : driven low
C : toggled
D : Cant be controlled
Q.no 33. SSPADD register in MSSP I2C is used
A : 2K
B : 8k
C : 2MB
D : 64KB
A : Resolution of ADC
B : Conversion Time
C : Number of bits
D : Step Size
Q.no 38. What is STOP Condition in I2C
A : CCPCON
B : CCPR1L
C : PR2
D : T2CON
A : Status indication
B : Display of Char
C : Display of Number
D : Display of Text
Q.no 41. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03
A : Clockwise
C : Anticlockwise
D : Reverse
A : Port C lines
B : Port D lines
C : Port B lines
D : Port E lines
A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H
B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H
C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H
Q.no 45. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?
A : MOV A,P0
B : ADD A,05H
D : CLR P0.05H
Q.no 46. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?
A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH
B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH
Q.no 47. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC
A : 1.3x Vbat
B : 1.25x Vcc
C : 1.25x Vbat
D : 1.3x Vcc
Q.no 48. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0
A : 130
B : 129
C : 131
D : 132
Q.no 49. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode
A : 11
B:8
C:7
D:9
Q.no 50. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?
A : rows=2, columns=32
B : rows=16, columns=2
C : rows=16, columns=16
D : rows=2, columns=16
Q.no 51. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}
A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
Q.no 52. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?
C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1
D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD
Q.no 53. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____
Q.no 55. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree
A : 90
B : 32
C : 60
D : 50
Q.no 59. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0
A : 55,2A
B : 1C,67
C : 3A,22
D : 69,1C
Q.no 60.
A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0
B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0
C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1
D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0
A : 0,1
B : 0,1,2,3,4
C : A,B,C,D,E
D : A,B,C
A : 8-bit
B : 16-bit
C : 20-bit
D : 21-bit
A : 4
B:5
C:6
D:8
A : RAM
B : I/O Ports
C : Peripharals
D : Micro-controller IC
A : I2C
C : SPI
A : Aynchronous
C : Synchronous
D : Isochornous
Q.no 9. The display operations in LCD are undertaken on EN line with ______
A : H to L transitions
B : L to H transitions
C : logic high
D : logic low
Q.no 10. What is the difference between UART and USART communication?
A : Synchronous
C : Asynchronous
D : Isochornous
A : INTR
B : Data
D : BUFFER
A : 40
B : 20
C : 16
D:8
A : Arithmatic Instructions
C : Branch instructions
D : Logical instructions
Q.no 14. In 4-bit mode LCD, the data lines used are
A : D7-D0
B : D3-D0
C : D4-D1
D : D7-D4
A : 1.6 ma
B : 60 MA
C : 50 Ma
D : 20 Ma
Q.no 17. Which of the following signal control the flow of data?
A : DTR
D : CTS
Q.no 18. If we say microcontroller is 8-bit then here 8-bit denotes size of
A : Data Bus
B : ALU
C : Control Bus
D : Address Bus
A : 64 KB
B : 16KB
C : 128KB
D : 256KB
A : pin1
B : pin4
C : pin9
D : pin20
Q.no 21. _____ instruction is used to set the port A upper nibble as input
A : TRISA = 0XF0;
B : TRISA = 0X0F;
C : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;
D : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;
B : 16-bit timer/counter
D : 8-bit timer/counter
A : 100
B : 149
C : 200
D : 255
Q.no 25. Which development tool can facilitate the creation and modification of
source programs in addition to assembly and higher -level languages?
B : Assembler
C : Debugger
D : Editor
A : 2.5 Mbits
B : 2 Mbits
C : 250 kbits
D : 1 Mbits
Q.no 27. Find value of PR2 for Fosc=20MHz, N=4 and period of wave is 200
microsecond
A : 250
B : 249
C : 255
D : 149
A : PORTD
B : PORTC
C : PORT A
D : Port B
Q.no 29. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?
A : 1.10001E7
B : 1.1110011E7
C : 1.111E7
D : 1.1110001E7
Q.no 30. How many address lines are used by ADC0809 for transfre of data from
channel 7
A:2
B:4
C:1
D:3
Q.no 31. What is the status of BRGH register for low Speed
A : BRGH=1
B : BRGH= undefined
C : BRGH = 0and 1
D : BRGH=0
A : Steps/revolution
B : Torque
C : Current rating
D : Pressure
Q.no 34. In 4 bit mode of LCD Which Data lines are used
A : D7-D1
B : D7-D0
C : D3-D0
D : D7-D4
Q.no 35. The SP is of ___ wide register. And this may be defined anywhere in the
______.
Q.no 36. If a hybrid stepper motor has a rotor pitch of 36º and a step angle of 9º,
the number of its phases must be
A:4
B:2
C:3
D:6
Q.no 37. Circuit used for initialization of all values to default is named as
D : WDT circuit
A : Analog
B : Digital
D : descrite
Q.no 39. What is the value of C and R used for reset operation
A : 0X0F
B : 0X08
C : 0x04
D : 0X0E
Q.no 41.
A : Sowtooth
B : Square
C : Ramp
D : Sine
Q.no 42. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW
Q.no 43. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __
A : 8, 20 micro second
A : Busy flag
B : Status flag
C : Driver flag
D : mode flag
Q.no 46. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules
A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.
B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.
C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.
D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.
Q.no 47. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs
C : Clear Timer0
D : Overflow detect
Q.no 50. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is
A : 20
B : 50
C : 15
D : 10
Q.no 51. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?
A : Vref/2& Vin
B : Vin
C : Vref/2
D : Vin/2
A : Hardware only
B : hardware or software
C : Software only
D : Iref only
A : 2 bytes
B : 4 bytes
C : 3 bytes
D : 1 byte
A : Timer1
B : TIMER2
C : TIMER3
D : TIMER4
A : SETB P1.0
B : SETB P 0.0
C : SETB P1.1
D : SETB P0.1
Q.no 58. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol
A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0
B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON
C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1
D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS
A : 36
B : 136
C : 248
D : 120
A : 400kHz
B : 300KHZ
C : 250 KHz
D : 1KHz
Q.no 2. Which of the ports act as the 16 bit address lines for transferring data
through it?
A : Undefined
B : Result saved in F
C : Results saved in F and W
D : Ressult Saaved in W
A : freuency
B : Current
C : EMI
D : voltage
A : 8 bit
B : 10 bit
C : 12 bit
D : 14 bit
A : Buffer Full
B : Buffer empty
D : Buffer
A : DTR
B : DTS
C : SCL
D : SDA
A : adder
B : subtrcter
C : memory
D : counter
A : LATx=0x00h
B : PORT=0xFFH
C : TRISx=0x00h
D : TRISx=0xFFH
A : Incremental
B : Analogue
C : Electrical
D : Mechanical
A : 4 bit
B : 8 bit
C : 11 bit
D : 16 bit
A : INTCON,IPR
B : PIR
C : TCON,RCON
D : TCON
Q.no 13. What is the time duration of key debounce circuit for open or closure
with frequency of 50Hz
A : 30 msec
B : 25 msec
C : 40 msec
D : 20 msec
Q.no 15. TF1, TR1, TF0, TR0 bits are of which register?
A : TCON
B : SCON
C : TMOD
D : SMOD
B : only MISO
D : Only MOSI
Q.no 17. ____ bit makes the job of Enabling/ disabling all the interrupts
A : GIE
B : PEIE
C : IE
D : INTIE
Q.no 19. What is the command of LCD used to clear the content
A : 01H
B : 06H
C : 38H
D : OFEH
A : Only Graphics
B : Only numbers
D : only text
A : 128 Bytes
B : 256 Bytes
C : 1KByte
D : 128 Kbytes
Q.no 23. What are the contents of the IE register, when the interrupt of the
memory location 0x00 is caused?
A : 0x00H
B : 0xFFH
C : 0x10H
D : 0xF0H
Q.no 24. PIC18F452 device can be operated in ____ oscillator Configuration modes.
A : 10
B : 12
C : 14
D : 16
C : Changing Current
D : Changing Power
Q.no 26. What is the time taken by one machine cycle if crystal frequency is
20MHz?
D : 1 micro seconds
A : 5 feet
B : 25 feet
C : 10 feet
D : 2 mtrs
Q.no 28. If LED is connected with Anode to port what is its status on power on
reset
A : OFF
B : undefined
C : ON
D : Tristate
Q.no 29. Three types of memory in PIC18 enhanced microcontroller are _____
A : 1.5mA
B : 2 mA
C : 3 mA
D : 1 mA
Q.no 32. If PR2 = 150 and duty cycle is 20%, the value to be loaded in DC1B2:DC1B1
is
A:0
B:1
C : 10
D : 11
Q.no 35. The command codes for line 1, first character, and line 2 , first character
in LCD are
A : Dc-20 MHz
B : Dc-48MHz
C : Dc-40 MHz
D : Dc-60 MHz
B : 16-bit timer/counter
D : 8-bit timer/counter
Q.no 38. Which regidter is used by MSSP-SPI bus oto selsct the clock Frequency
A : SSPCON1
B : SSPSTAT
D : SSPBUF
A : Enhanced Capture/Control/PWM
B : Enhanced Capture/Compare/Power
C : Enhanced Control/Compare/PWM
D : Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM
Q.no 40. What is the file extension that is loaded in a microcontroller for
executing any instruction?
A : .hex
B : .c
C : .txt
D : .doc
Q.no 41. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}
A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
Q.no 42.
A : Yes
B : No
C : Undefined
Q.no 44. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?
C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1
D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD
Q.no 45. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03
A : Clockwise
C : Anticlockwise
D : Reverse
Q.no 46. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0
A : 55,2A
B : 1C,67
C : 3A,22
D : 69,1C
A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H
B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H
C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H
Q.no 48. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to
A : column 0
B : column 1
C : column 2
D : column 3
Q.no 49. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?
A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH
B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH
Q.no 50. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen
A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h
B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h
C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h
D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h
A : 4 bit mode
B : 8 bit mode
C : 12 bit mode
D : 16 bit mode
Q.no 52. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree
A : 90
B : 32
C : 60
D : 50
Q.no 53. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter
C : 08 and 0EH
D : 09 and 0F
Q.no 55. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using
A : Port C lines
B : Port D lines
C : Port B lines
D : Port E lines
Q.no 58. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC
A : 1.3x Vbat
B : 1.25x Vcc
C : 1.25x Vbat
D : 1.3x Vcc
Q.no 60.
A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0
B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0
C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1
D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0
A : DC to 20MHZ
B : AC to 20MHZ
C : 1 to 20MHZ
D : DC to 25MHZ
A : DEMUX
B : MUX
D : Decoder
A : 20
B:8
C : 21
D : 34
Q.no 4. How many number of data can be transmitted between starts stop
condition in I2c
A : N+1
B:N
C : N-1
D : N+2
A : 64 KB
B : 16KB
C : 128KB
D : 256KB
A : LAT
B : PORT
C : TRIS
D : DIR
Q.no 8. In DC motor, ____the duty cycle of PWM signal, ______ is the speed of DC
motor
A : higher, lower
B : lower, higher
C : higher,higher
A : FFH
B : C0H
C : 80H
D : 90H
A : INTR
B : Data
D : BUFFER
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A:2
B:1
C:3
D:5
D : Threshold analyser
Q.no 16. Which diodes are employed in the electromechanical relays since the
inductor current cannot be reduced to zero
A : Tunnel Diode
B : Shockley Diode
C : Freewheeling Diode
D : Zener Diode
A : Dc to dc
B : Ac to ac
C : Dc to ac
D : Digital-to-analogue
A : Enabled
B : Disabled
C : Undefined
A : 10 bits
B : 12 bits
C : 11 bits
D : 8 bits
A : Analog
B : Digital
D : Descrite
A : 2 Mbits/s
B : 1 Mbits/s
C : 3 Mbits/s
D : 5 Mbits/s
A : 0x0003h
B : 0x000Bh
C : 0x0023h
D : 0x0013h
Q.no 26. What is the maximum delay that can be generated with the crystal
frequency of 22MHz?
A : 2978.9 sec
B : 0.011 msec
C : 11.63 sec
D : 2.97 msec
Q.no 27. Which register is used to make the pulse a level or an edge triggered
pulse?
A : TCON
B : IE
C : IPR
D : SCON
A : Adder
B : Shift Register
C : ADC
D : Counter
A : 20Kbps
B : 21 Mbps
C : 4kbps
D : 19.2 kbps
B : 30 bytes
C : 58 bytes
D : 56 bytes
Q.no 31. What is the value of baud rate if TH1 is loaded with -3
A : 4800
B : 9600
C : 1200
D : 2400
A : Only port A
C : Port B and D
D : Port A and E
Q.no 33. How many data lines are essential in addition to RS , EN and RW control
lines for interfacing LCD with PIC microcontroller?
A:3
B:5
C:8
D : 10
Q.no 34. All the Timer module Registers of PIC 18F 4550 are
A : 64 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 8 bit
B : 16-bit timer/counter
D : 8-bit timer/counter
Q.no 36. What is the status of bit for Right justified result
A : ADFM=0
B : ADFM=xx
C : ADFM= 1
D : ADFM=00
Q.no 37. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?
A : 1.10001E7
B : 1.1110011E7
C : 1.111E7
D : 1.1110001E7
A:2
B:3
C:1
D:4
A:B
B:A
C:a
D:b
Q.no 40. How many bytes of bit addressable memory is present in 8051 based
microcontrollers?
A : 8 bytes
B : 16 bytes
C : 32bytes
D : 128 bytes
C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature
A : 256x8
B : 128x8
C : 128x4
D : 512x8
Q.no 44. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?
A : rows=2, columns=32
B : rows=16, columns=2
C : rows=16, columns=16
D : rows=2, columns=16
A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0
B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON
C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1
D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS
Q.no 46. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode
A : 11
B:8
C:7
D:9
Q.no 47. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is
A : 20
B : 50
C : 15
D : 10
Q.no 48. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol
Q.no 49. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0
A : 130
B : 129
C : 131
D : 132
A : Busy flag
B : Status flag
C : Driver flag
D : mode flag
Q.no 51. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?
A : MOV A,P0
B : ADD A,05H
D : CLR P0.05H
A : 2 bytes
B : 4 bytes
C : 3 bytes
D : 1 byte
Q.no 53. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __
A : 8, 20 micro second
A : SETB P1.0
B : SETB P 0.0
C : SETB P1.1
D : SETB P0.1
A : Frequency Selection
B : Background debugger
D : Reset voltage
A : 36
B : 136
C : 248
D : 120
A : Hardware only
B : hardware or software
C : Software only
D : Iref only
A : Timer1
B : TIMER2
C : TIMER3
D : TIMER4
Q.no 60. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules
A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.
B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.
C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.
D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.
Q.no 1. What is the time duration of key debounce circuit for open or closure with
frequency of 50Hz
A : 30 msec
B : 25 msec
C : 40 msec
D : 20 msec
A : 400kHz
B : 300KHZ
C : 250 KHz
D : 1KHz
A : R1, R2
B : R0,R1
C : R3,R0
D : R0,R2
A : Incremental
B : Analogue
C : Electrical
D : Mechanical
A : 4 bit
B : 8 bit
C : 11 bit
D : 16 bit
Q.no 7. Which devices are specifically being used for converting serial to parallel
and from parallel to serial respectively?
A : Registers
B : Counters
C : Timers
D : Serial communication
A : Electromagnetic induction
B : Motor control
C : Switching
D : Breaker
A : RS=0, Rw=1
B : RS=0, EN=0
C : RS=0,RW=0
D : RW=0
Q.no 10. How many port lines are required to interface DAC 0808 with
microcontroller
A:2
B:4
C:8
D : 12
A : 128K
B : 64K
C : 32K
D : 16K
B : only MISO
D : Only MOSI
A : freuency
B : Current
C : EMI
D : voltage
A : Buffer Full
B : Buffer empty
A : Driver
B : Isolater
C : Latch
D : Buffer
Q.no 16. What is the command of LCD used to clear the content
A : 01H
B : 06H
C : 38H
D : OFEH
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:1
A : 0000h
B : 001Bh
C : 000008h
D : 000018h
A : EN, RW,RS
B : EN, INTR, RW
C : RS, RW, IE
D : EN and RW
A : 2048 bits
B : 4096 bits
C : 1024 bits
D : 512 bits
Q.no 22. Which of the following is the logic level understood by the micro-
controller/micro-processor?
D : RS 485
Q.no 23. Find the time delay for one machine cycle for 8051
A : 90.42 microseconds
B : 361.68 microseconds
C : 1.085 microseconds
D : 150.145 microseconds
Q.no 25. The operation of the oscillator in PIC18F4550 is controlled through two
Configuration registers as ________
A : CCPCON
B : CCPR1L
C : PR2
D : T2CON
A : 2.5 Mbits
B : 2 Mbits
C : 250 kbits
D : 1 Mbits
Q.no 29. What is count require to rotate the stepper motor in 90 degree if it
complete 1 revolution in 200 steps
A : 40
B : 50
C : 60
D : 70
A : Input
B : output
C : tristate
A : Enhanced Capture/Control/PWM
B : Enhanced Capture/Compare/Power
C : Enhanced Control/Compare/PWM
D : Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM
A : 100
B : 149
C : 200
D : 255
Q.no 34. What is the file extension that is loaded in a microcontroller for
executing any instruction?
A : .hex
B : .c
C : .txt
D : .doc
Q.no 35. The command codes for line 1, first character, and line 2 , first character
in LCD are
Q.no 36. In 4 bit mode of LCD Which Data lines are used
A : D7-D1
B : D7-D0
C : D3-D0
D : D7-D4
B : 16-bit timer/counter
C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register
D : 8-bit timer/counter
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 41. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?
A : Vref/2& Vin
B : Vin
C : Vref/2
D : Vin/2
Q.no 43. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?
A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH
B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH
Q.no 44. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs
Q.no 45. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter
C : 08 and 0EH
D : 09 and 0F
Q.no 46. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC
A : 1.3x Vbat
B : 1.25x Vcc
C : 1.25x Vbat
D : 1.3x Vcc
Q.no 47. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree
A : 90
B : 32
C : 60
D : 50
Q.no 48.
A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0
B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0
C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1
D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0
Q.no 49. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?
C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1
D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD
Q.no 50. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}
A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
Q.no 52. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03
A : Clockwise
D : Reverse
Q.no 54. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to
A : column 0
B : column 1
C : column 2
D : column 3
Q.no 55. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using
A : Port C lines
B : Port D lines
C : Port B lines
D : Port E lines
Q.no 56. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen
A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h
B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h
C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h
D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h
Q.no 57.
A : Yes
B : No
C : Undefined
Q.no 59. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0
A : 0xFCH
B : 0xFAH
C : 0xFBH
D : 0xFEH
Q.no 60. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW
A : 10
B : 11
C : 12
D:8
C : SPI
Q.no 3. In reading the columns of a matrix, if no key is pressed we should get all
in binary notation
A:0
B:1
C:F
D:7
A : 20
B:8
C : 21
D : 34
Q.no 5. Which of the ports act as the 16 bit address lines for transferring data
through it?
A : Data latch
B : Address latch
C : Signal latch
D : control latch
Q.no 7. Which register is used in ADC for Converstion
A : Data
B : Command
C : R -2R ladder
D : SAR
A : OV
B : PSW
C : AC
D : CY
A : DC to 20MHZ
B : AC to 20MHZ
C : 1 to 20MHZ
D : DC to 25MHZ
A : Dc to dc
B : Ac to ac
C : Dc to ac
D : Digital-to-analogue
Q.no 12. Full form for PIR sensor is
A : Aynchronous
C : Synchronous
D : Isochornous
Q.no 14. If we say microcontroller is 8-bit then here 8-bit denotes size of
A : Data Bus
B : ALU
C : Control Bus
D : Address Bus
Q.no 15. In Common Cathode mode of LED, all LEDs are Connected to
A : Vcc
B : GND
D : VDD
B : Select Channel
C : Slect Clock
A : Zero Flag
B : Negative Flag
C : Overflow Flag
D : Carry Flag
Q.no 19. Which registers are used to check the status of receiver and transmitter
in UART
B : TXSTA only
C : RCSTA only
Q.no 20. _____ register is used to set the direction of the port
A : LAT
B : PORT
C : TRIS
D : DIR
Q.no 21. What is the value of baud rate if TH1 is loaded with -3
A : 4800
B : 9600
C : 1200
D : 2400
Q.no 22. DAS system having important block
A : Adder
B : Shift Register
C : ADC
D : Counter
A : 0x0003h
B : 0x000Bh
C : 0x0023h
D : 0x0013h
A : Start of Converstion
B : output enable
C : End of Conversion
A : 1.5mA
B : 2 mA
C : 3 mA
D : 1 mA
Q.no 27. Which Bit is used to Start and Stop the ADC Conversion
A : ADON
B : GO/ DOWN
C : VCF
D : ADFM
A : 128 Bytes
B : 256 Bytes
C : 1KByte
D : 128 Kbytes
B : 16-bit timer/counter
D : 8-bit timer/counter
A : Analog
B : Digital
D : descrite
Q.no 32. What the output of LM 35 for every degree change in temp
A : 20 mV
B : 15mV
C:5mV
D : 10mV
Q.no 33. In Immediate (Literal) addressing mode The operand is _____ that follows
the opcode
A : a register
B : a number
C : a pointer
D : an address
A:3
B:6
C:4
D:5
A : Five
B : Four
C : Six
D : Two
Q.no 36. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?
A : 1.10001E7
B : 1.1110011E7
C : 1.111E7
D : 1.1110001E7
Q.no 37. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be
A : driven high
B : driven low
C : toggled
A : Timer 0
B : Timer 0 or Timer 3
D : Timer 2
Q.no 40. What is the important signal requerd for functioning of ADC
A : PSEN
B : EA
C : clock
D : address
Q.no 41. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol
A : 36
B : 136
C : 248
D : 120
A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H
B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H
C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H
A : 4 bit mode
B : 8 bit mode
C : 12 bit mode
D : 16 bit mode
Q.no 46. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____
A : SETB P1.0
B : SETB P 0.0
C : SETB P1.1
D : SETB P0.1
Q.no 48. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?
A : MOV A,P0
B : ADD A,05H
D : CLR P0.05H
A : Timer1
B : TIMER2
C : TIMER3
D : TIMER4
A : 256x8
B : 128x8
C : 128x4
D : 512x8
C : Clear Timer0
D : Overflow detect
Q.no 53. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?
A : rows=2, columns=32
B : rows=16, columns=2
C : rows=16, columns=16
D : rows=2, columns=16
Q.no 54. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0
A : 55,2A
B : 1C,67
C : 3A,22
D : 69,1C
A : Sowtooth
B : Square
C : Ramp
D : Sine
A : Frequency Selection
B : Background debugger
D : Reset voltage
Q.no 58. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}
A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
Q.no 59. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0
A : 130
B : 129
C : 131
D : 132
Q.no 60. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter
C : 08 and 0EH
D : 09 and 0F
Q.no 1. ____ register is used to read input from the port
A : TRIS
B : LAT
C : READ
D : PORT
A : DEMUX
B : MUX
A : INTCON,IPR
B : PIR
C : TCON,RCON
D : TCON
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : Branch if Z flag = 1
B : Branch if Z flag = 0
C : Branch if Z Accumulator is 0
Q.no 7. Which Circuit is used at the output of DAC to get analog signal
A : Buffer circuit
B : I- V Convertor
C : V-I Convertor
D : V-F Convertor
Q.no 8. The group of memory locations set aside to hold the address of ISRs is
called as
A : Interrupt
D : Polling
A:3
B:5
C:2
D:1
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
A : 33
B : 35
C : 40
D : 75
A : Buffer Full
B : Buffer empty
D : Buffer
Q.no 14. In DC motor, ____the duty cycle of PWM signal, ______ is the speed of DC
motor
A : higher, lower
B : lower, higher
C : higher,higher
A : 1.6 ma
B : 60 MA
C : 50 Ma
D : 20 Ma
A : DTR
B : DTS
C : SCL
D : SDA
A : Only Graphics
B : Only numbers
A : 40
B : 20
C : 16
D:8
A : 2K,256 bytes
C : 4K,128 bytes
D : 2K,128 bytes
B : To program the start bit, stop bit, and data bits of framing
Q.no 21. The _____ pins of PORTB can cause an interrupt when any changes are
detected on any one of them
A : RB0-RB7
B : RB0-RB3
C : RB4-RB7
Q.no 23. What is the value of C and R used for reset operation
A : 20Kbps
B : 21 Mbps
C : 4kbps
D : 19.2 kbps
A : Status indication
B : Display of Char
C : Display of Number
D : Display of Text
A : Enhanced Capture/Control/PWM
B : Enhanced Capture/Compare/Power
C : Enhanced Control/Compare/PWM
D : Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM
Q.no 29. If LED is connected with Anode to port what is its status on power on
reset
A : OFF
B : undefined
C : ON
D : Tristate
Q.no 30. What are the contents of the IE register, when the interrupt of the
memory location 0x00 is caused?
A : 0x00H
B : 0xFFH
C : 0x10H
D : 0xF0H
A : 4mtrs
B : 6 mtrs
C : 5 mtrs
D : 1 mtrs
Q.no 32. How many bytes of bit addressable memory is present in 8051 based
microcontrollers?
A : 8 bytes
B : 16 bytes
C : 32bytes
D : 128 bytes
A : PORTD
B : PORTC
C : PORT A
D : Port B
A : 25 bytes
B : 30 bytes
C : 58 bytes
D : 56 bytes
B : 8-bit timer/counter
D : 16-bit timer/counter
Q.no 37. Which Methode is used to generate sine wave using DAC
A : Look up table
B : Bubble sort
C : Initilaisation
D : Rotation
A : Resolution of ADC
B : Conversion Time
C : Number of bits
D : Step Size
D : Cant be controlled
A : 2K
B : 8k
C : 2MB
D : 64KB
Q.no 41. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen
A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h
B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h
C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h
D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h
Q.no 42. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?
A : Vref/2& Vin
B : Vin
C : Vref/2
D : Vin/2
C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature
A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0
B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON
C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1
D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS
Q.no 46. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03
A : Clockwise
C : Anticlockwise
D : Reverse
Q.no 47. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode
A : 11
B:8
C:7
D:9
Q.no 48. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0
A : 0xFCH
B : 0xFAH
C : 0xFBH
D : 0xFEH
A : 2 bytes
B : 4 bytes
C : 3 bytes
D : 1 byte
Q.no 51. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?
A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH
B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH
Q.no 52. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is
A : 20
B : 50
C : 15
D : 10
Q.no 53.
A : Yes
B : No
C : Undefined
Q.no 54. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using
A : Port C lines
B : Port D lines
C : Port B lines
D : Port E lines
Q.no 55. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __
A : 8, 20 micro second
Q.no 56. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree
A : 90
B : 32
C : 60
D : 50
Q.no 58. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to
A : column 0
B : column 1
C : column 2
D : column 3
A : Hardware only
B : hardware or software
C : Software only
D : Iref only
Q.no 1. In MSSP I2C bus data is Send out by and taken in By using
A : Port C lines
B : Port B lines
C : Port D lines
D : Port E lines
A : 4
B:5
C:6
D:8
A : Enabled
B : Disabled
C : Undefined
A : 128K
B : 64K
C : 32K
D : 16K
B : 300KHZ
C : 250 KHz
D : 1KHz
A : DTR
D : CTS
A : 12
B : 16
C : 10
D : 14
D : Threshold analyser
Q.no 11. The E pin requires an ___ pulse to latch infromation at the data pins of
the LCD
A : H - to - L
B : L - to - H
C : always H
D : always L
Q.no 12. In 4-bit mode LCD, the data lines used are
A : D7-D0
B : D3-D0
C : D4-D1
D : D7-D4
A : Data latch
B : Address latch
C : Signal latch
D : control latch
Q.no 15. ____ bit makes the job of Enabling/ disabling all the interrupts
A : GIE
B : PEIE
C : IE
D : INTIE
A : INTR
B : Data
D : BUFFER
A : 10
B : 11
C : 12
D:8
B : only MISO
D : Only MOSI
A : sleep, idle
A : 0X0F
B : 0X08
C : 0x04
D : 0X0E
Q.no 22. Find value of PR2 for Fosc=20MHz, N=4 and period of wave is 200
microsecond
A : 250
B : 249
C : 255
D : 149
C : Read only
D : Write only
Q.no 24. The operation of the oscillator in PIC18F4550 is controlled through two
Configuration registers as ________
A : Adder
B : Shift Register
C : ADC
D : Counter
Q.no 26. o display ‘A’ using common cathode seven-segment display, the code
required is
A : 7FH
B : 77H
C : 79H
D : 80H
Q.no 27. What are the Square wave frequencies if SQW/Out=1
A : Steps/revolution
B : Torque
C : Current rating
D : Pressure
Q.no 30. What is the file extension that is loaded in a microcontroller for
executing any instruction?
A : .hex
B : .c
C : .txt
D : .doc
Q.no 31. Which development tool can facilitate the creation and modification of
source programs in addition to assembly and higher -level languages?
B : Assembler
C : Debugger
D : Editor
A : PIR1
B : IPR
C : PIR2
D : INTCON2
A : Start of Converstion
B : output enable
C : End of Conversion
Q.no 34. How many address lines are used by ADC0809 for transfre of data from
channel 7
A:2
B:4
C:1
D:3
A : 2048 bits
B : 4096 bits
C : 1024 bits
D : 512 bits
Q.no 36. _____ instruction is used to set the port A upper nibble as input
A : TRISA = 0XF0;
B : TRISA = 0X0F;
C : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;
D : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;
Q.no 37. What is count require to rotate the stepper motor in 90 degree if it
complete 1 revolution in 200 steps
A : 40
B : 50
C : 60
D : 70
Q.no 39. What is the status of bit for Right justified result
A : ADFM=0
B : ADFM=xx
C : ADFM= 1
D : ADFM=00
B : 16-bit timer/counter
D : 8-bit timer/counter
Q.no 41. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC
A : 1.3x Vbat
B : 1.25x Vcc
C : 1.25x Vbat
D : 1.3x Vcc
A : Busy flag
B : Status flag
C : Driver flag
D : mode flag
Q.no 44. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW
Q.no 45. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?
C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1
D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD
A : SETB P1.0
B : SETB P 0.0
C : SETB P1.1
D : SETB P0.1
Q.no 47. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules
A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.
B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.
C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.
D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.
Q.no 48. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs
Q.no 49. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0
A : 130
B : 129
C : 131
D : 132
Q.no 52. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}
A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
Q.no 53. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0
A : 55,2A
B : 1C,67
C : 3A,22
D : 69,1C
A : 256x8
B : 128x8
C : 128x4
D : 512x8
Q.no 55.
A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0
B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0
C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1
D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0
A : 36
B : 136
C : 248
D : 120
A : Timer1
B : TIMER2
C : TIMER3
D : TIMER4
Q.no 58.
A : Sowtooth
B : Square
C : Ramp
D : Sine
Q.no 59. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol
Q.no 60. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?
A : rows=2, columns=32
B : rows=16, columns=2
C : rows=16, columns=16
D : rows=2, columns=16
B : Command
C : R -2R ladder
D : SAR
A : Incremental
B : Analogue
C : Electrical
D : Mechanical
A : DEMUX
B : MUX
D : Decoder
A : pin1
B : pin4
C : pin9
D : pin20
B : subtrcter
C : memory
D : counter
Q.no 7. On power up, the 8051 uses which RAM locations for register R0- R7
A : 00-2F
B : 00-0F
C : 00-7F
D : 00-07
A : Vcc
B : GND
D : VDD
A : 0000h
B : 001Bh
C : 000008h
D : 000018h
Q.no 11. The display operations in LCD are undertaken on EN line with ______
A : H to L transitions
B : L to H transitions
C : logic high
D : logic low
Q.no 12. Which Circuit is used at the output of DAC to get analog signal
A : Buffer circuit
B : I- V Convertor
C : V-I Convertor
D : V-F Convertor
Q.no 13. In reading the columns of a matrix, if no key is pressed we should get all
in binary notation
A:0
B:1
C:F
D:7
Q.no 14. What is the difference between UART and USART communication?
A : Synchronous
C : Asynchronous
D : Isochornous
C : Branch instructions
D : Logical instructions
Q.no 18. Which diodes are employed in the electromechanical relays since the
inductor current cannot be reduced to zero
A : Tunnel Diode
B : Shockley Diode
C : Freewheeling Diode
D : Zener Diode
A : Dc to dc
B : Ac to ac
C : Dc to ac
D : Digital-to-analogue
Q.no 20. What is the time duration of key debounce circuit for open or closure
with frequency of 50Hz
A : 30 msec
B : 25 msec
C : 40 msec
D : 20 msec
Q.no 21. For PIC18F458 , what pins are assigned to INT0-INT2?
A : 1.5mA
B : 2 mA
C : 3 mA
D : 1 mA
Q.no 24. What is the time taken by one machine cycle if crystal frequency is
20MHz?
D : 1 micro seconds
Q.no 25. Circuit used for initialization of all values to default is named as
D : WDT circuit
Q.no 26. The instruction RESET in PIC 18F4550 :
A : 2 Mbits/s
B : 1 Mbits/s
C : 3 Mbits/s
D : 5 Mbits/s
Q.no 28. What is the maximum delay that can be generated with the crystal
frequency of 22MHz?
A : 2978.9 sec
B : 0.011 msec
C : 11.63 sec
D : 2.97 msec
Q.no 29. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?
A : 1.10001E7
B : 1.1110011E7
C : 1.111E7
D : 1.1110001E7
A : Analog
B : Digital
C : Changing Current
D : Changing Power
Q.no 34. In Immediate (Literal) addressing mode The operand is _____ that follows
the opcode
A : a register
B : a number
C : a pointer
D : an address
Q.no 35. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be
A : driven high
B : driven low
C : toggled
D : all the above
Q.no 36. Serial port interrupt is generated, if ____ bits are set
A : IE
B : RI
C : TI
D : RI,TI
Q.no 37. The SP is of ___ wide register. And this may be defined anywhere in the
______.
A : 0x0003h
B : 0x000Bh
C : 0x0023h
D : 0x0013h
A : 2.5 Mbits
B : 2 Mbits
C : 250 kbits
D : 1 Mbits
B : 16-bit timer/counter
Q.no 42. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __
A : 8, 20 micro second
Q.no 43. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode
A : 11
B:8
C:7
D:9
Q.no 44. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?
A : Vref/2& Vin
B : Vin
C : Vref/2
D : Vin/2
C : Clear Timer0
D : Overflow detect
Q.no 46.
A : Yes
B : No
C : Undefined
Q.no 47. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree
A : 90
B : 32
C : 60
D : 50
Q.no 48. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____
Q.no 49. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03
A : Clockwise
C : Anticlockwise
D : Reverse
A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0
B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON
C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1
D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS
A : 4 bit mode
B : 8 bit mode
C : 12 bit mode
D : 16 bit mode
Q.no 52. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to
A : column 0
B : column 1
C : column 2
D : column 3
Q.no 53. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0
A : 0xFCH
B : 0xFAH
C : 0xFBH
D : 0xFEH
A : 2 bytes
B : 4 bytes
C : 3 bytes
D : 1 byte
Q.no 55. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?
A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH
B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH
Q.no 56. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?
A : MOV A,P0
B : ADD A,05H
D : CLR P0.05H
A : Frequency Selection
B : Background debugger
D : Reset voltage
C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature
A : Timer 0
B : Timer 1
C : Timer 2
D : Timer 3
A : Buffer Full
B : Buffer empty
D : Buffer
A : Electromagnetic induction
B : Motor control
C : Switching
D : Breaker
A : D7-D0
B : D3-D0
C : D4-D1
D : D7-D4
A : DC to 20MHZ
B : AC to 20MHZ
C : 1 to 20MHZ
D : DC to 25MHZ
A : R1, R2
B : R0,R1
C : R3,R0
D : R0,R2
A : 33
B : 35
C : 40
D : 75
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
B : Select Channel
C : Slect Clock
A : DTR
B : DTS
C : SCL
D : SDA
A : 400kHz
B : 300KHZ
C : 250 KHz
D : 1KHz
A : 4
B:5
C:6
D:8
A:2
B:1
C:3
D:5
A : sleep, idle
A : FFH
B : C0H
C : 80H
D : 90H
A : 8 bit
B : 10 bit
C : 12 bit
D : 14 bit
A : 4 bit
B : 8 bit
C : 11 bit
D : 16 bit
Q.no 21. How many data lines are essential in addition to RS , EN and RW control
lines for interfacing LCD with PIC microcontroller?
A:3
B:5
C:8
D : 10
A : 4mtrs
B : 6 mtrs
C : 5 mtrs
D : 1 mtrs
A : 2K
B : 8k
C : 2MB
D : 64KB
Q.no 24. Which of the following is the logic level understood by the micro-
controller/micro-processor?
D : RS 485
B:3
C:1
D:4
Q.no 27. Find the time delay for one machine cycle for 8051
A : 90.42 microseconds
B : 361.68 microseconds
C : 1.085 microseconds
D : 150.145 microseconds
A : 2048 bits
B : 4096 bits
C : 1024 bits
D : 512 bits
Q.no 29. In 4 bit mode of LCD Which Data lines are used
A : D7-D1
B : D7-D0
C : D3-D0
D : D7-D4
Q.no 31. Find value of PR2 for Fosc=20MHz, N=4 and period of wave is 200
microsecond
A : 250
B : 249
C : 255
D : 149
Q.no 32. Which Methode is used to generate sine wave using DAC
A : Look up table
B : Bubble sort
C : Initilaisation
D : Rotation
A : Resolution of ADC
B : Conversion Time
C : Number of bits
D : Step Size
A : PORTD
B : PORTC
C : PORT A
D : Port B
C : Read only
D : Write only
Q.no 36. What is the value of C and R used for reset operation
A : 100
B : 149
C : 200
D : 255
Q.no 39. PIC18F452 device can be operated in ____ oscillator Configuration modes.
A : 10
B : 12
C : 14
D : 16
B : Display of Char
C : Display of Number
D : Display of Text
A : 256x8
B : 128x8
C : 128x4
D : 512x8
A : Timer1
B : TIMER2
C : TIMER3
D : TIMER4
Q.no 43. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen
A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h
B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h
C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h
D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h
Q.no 44. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?
A : rows=2, columns=32
B : rows=16, columns=2
C : rows=16, columns=16
D : rows=2, columns=16
B : 136
C : 248
D : 120
Q.no 46. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?
C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1
D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD
A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H
B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H
C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H
Q.no 49. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using
A : Port C lines
B : Port D lines
C : Port B lines
D : Port E lines
Q.no 50. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is
A : 20
B : 50
C : 15
D : 10
Q.no 51.
A : Sowtooth
B : Square
C : Ramp
D : Sine
A : Hardware only
B : hardware or software
C : Software only
D : Iref only
Q.no 55. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0
A : 55,2A
B : 1C,67
C : 3A,22
D : 69,1C
Q.no 56. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0
A : 0xFCH
B : 0xFAH
C : 0xFBH
D : 0xFEH
A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
Q.no 59. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter
C : 08 and 0EH
D : 09 and 0F
A : Arithmatic Instructions
C : Branch instructions
D : Logical instructions
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:1
A : RAM
B : I/O Ports
C : Peripharals
D : Micro-controller IC
Q.no 4. Which devices are specifically being used for converting serial to parallel
and from parallel to serial respectively?
A : Registers
B : Counters
C : Timers
D : Serial communication
A : Only Graphics
B : Only numbers
D : only text
Q.no 11. Which of the following signal control the flow of data?
A : DTR
D : CTS
A : 12
B : 16
C : 10
D : 14
Q.no 13. TF1, TR1, TF0, TR0 bits are of which register?
A : TCON
B : SCON
C : TMOD
D : SMOD
A : 0,1
B : 0,1,2,3,4
C : A,B,C,D,E
D : A,B,C
Q.no 16. Which registers are used to check the status of receiver and transmitter
in UART
B : TXSTA only
C : RCSTA only
A : RS=0, Rw=1
B : RS=0, EN=0
C : RS=0,RW=0
D : RW=0
A : 33 MHZ
B : 40 MHz
C : 32.786 MHz
D : 32 MHz
A : I2C
C : SPI
A : 25 bytes
B : 30 bytes
C : 58 bytes
D : 56 bytes
Q.no 22. What is the status of BRGH register for low Speed
A : BRGH=1
B : BRGH= undefined
C : BRGH = 0and 1
D : BRGH=0
D : Cant be controlled
Q.no 25. Three types of memory in PIC18 enhanced microcontroller are _____
B : 8-bit timer/counter
C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register
D : 16-bit timer/counter
B : 16-bit timer/counter
D : 8-bit timer/counter
Q.no 28. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be
A : driven high
B : driven low
C : toggled
A : CCPCON
B : CCPR1L
C : PR2
D : T2CON
A : 128 Bytes
B : 256 Bytes
C : 1KByte
D : 128 Kbytes
A : Steps/revolution
B : Torque
C : Current rating
D : Pressure
Q.no 33. Which regidter is used by MSSP-SPI bus oto selsct the clock Frequency
A : SSPCON1
B : SSPSTAT
D : SSPBUF
Q.no 34. How many address lines are used by ADC0809 for transfre of data from
channel 7
A:2
B:4
C:1
D:3
Q.no 37. How are the bits of the register PSW affected if we select Bank2 of 8051?
B : 16-bit timer/counter
D : 8-bit timer/counter
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 41. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?
A : MOV A,P0
B : ADD A,05H
C : JNB P0.0, label
D : CLR P0.05H
Q.no 42.
A : Yes
B : No
C : Undefined
Q.no 43. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW
Q.no 44. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?
A : Vref/2& Vin
B : Vin
C : Vref/2
D : Vin/2
Q.no 45. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?
A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH
B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH
Q.no 46. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC
A : 1.3x Vbat
B : 1.25x Vcc
C : 1.25x Vbat
D : 1.3x Vcc
Q.no 47. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol
Q.no 48. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __
A : 8, 20 micro second
A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0
B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0
C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1
D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0
A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0
B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON
C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1
D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS
C : Clear Timer0
D : Overflow detect
Q.no 54. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs
Q.no 55. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0
A : 130
B : 129
C : 131
D : 132
Q.no 56. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode
A : 11
B:8
C:7
D:9
Q.no 57. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to
A : column 0
B : column 1
C : column 2
D : column 3
Q.no 58. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules
A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.
B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.
C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.
D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.
A : SETB P1.0
B : SETB P 0.0
C : SETB P1.1
D : SETB P0.1
A : DEMUX
B : MUX
D : Decoder
A : Incremental
B : Analogue
C : Electrical
D : Mechanical
A : pin1
B : pin4
C : pin9
D : pin20
A : Timer 0
B : Timer 1
C : Timer 2
D : Timer 3
A : Zero Flag
B : Negative Flag
C : Overflow Flag
D : Carry Flag
A : DTR
B : DTS
C : SCL
D : SDA
A : Aynchronous
C : Synchronous
D : Isochornous
A : Buffer Full
B : Buffer empty
D : Buffer
A : Driver
B : Isolater
C : Latch
D : Buffer
Q.no 10. What is the command of LCD used to clear the content
A : 01H
B : 06H
C : 38H
D : OFEH
A : FFH
B : C0H
C : 80H
D : 90H
A : 64 KB
B : 16KB
C : 128KB
D : 256KB
A : 1.6 ma
B : 60 MA
C : 50 Ma
D : 20 Ma
A : Data latch
B : Address latch
C : Signal latch
D : control latch
Q.no 15. In MSSP I2C bus data is Send out by and taken in By using
A : Port C lines
B : Port B lines
C : Port D lines
D : Port E lines
A : freuency
B : Current
C : EMI
D : voltage
Q.no 17. The E pin requires an ___ pulse to latch infromation at the data pins of
the LCD
A : H - to - L
B : L - to - H
C : always H
D : always L
A : 0000h
B : 001Bh
C : 000008h
D : 000018h
Q.no 19. ____ register is used to read input from the port
A : TRIS
B : LAT
C : READ
D : PORT
A:2
B:1
C:3
D:5
Q.no 21. The _____ pins of PORTB can cause an interrupt when any changes are
detected on any one of them
A : RB0-RB7
B : RB0-RB3
C : RB4-RB7
A : PIR1
B : IPR
C : PIR2
D : INTCON2
Q.no 23. What is the file extension that is loaded in a microcontroller for
executing any instruction?
A : .hex
B : .c
C : .txt
D : .doc
Q.no 24. Which of the following is the logic level understood by the micro-
controller/micro-processor?
D : RS 485
Q.no 25. What is count require to rotate the stepper motor in 90 degree if it
complete 1 revolution in 200 steps
A : 40
B : 50
C : 60
D : 70
A : 2.5 Mbits
B : 2 Mbits
C : 250 kbits
D : 1 Mbits
Q.no 27. All the Timer module Registers of PIC 18F 4550 are
A : 64 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 8 bit
A : Start of Converstion
B : output enable
C : End of Conversion
Q.no 30. What is the time taken by one machine cycle if crystal frequency is
20MHz?
A : 1.085 micro seconds
D : 1 micro seconds
Q.no 31. In Immediate (Literal) addressing mode The operand is _____ that follows
the opcode
A : a register
B : a number
C : a pointer
D : an address
Q.no 32. What is the important signal requerd for functioning of ADC
A : PSEN
B : EA
C : clock
D : address
C : Changing Current
D : Changing Power
Q.no 34. The operation of the oscillator in PIC18F4550 is controlled through two
Configuration registers as ________
A : Analog
B : Digital
D : descrite
A : 4mtrs
B : 6 mtrs
C : 5 mtrs
D : 1 mtrs
Q.no 40. _____ instruction is used to set the port A upper nibble as input
A : TRISA = 0XF0;
B : TRISA = 0X0F;
C : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;
D : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;
Q.no 41. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using
A : Port C lines
B : Port D lines
C : Port B lines
D : Port E lines
A : 36
B : 136
C : 248
D : 120
Q.no 43. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is
A : 20
B : 50
C : 15
D : 10
Q.no 44. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0
A : 0xFCH
B : 0xFAH
C : 0xFBH
D : 0xFEH
Q.no 45. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____
Q.no 46. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?
C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1
D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD
A : 4 bit mode
B : 8 bit mode
C : 12 bit mode
D : 16 bit mode
Q.no 48. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}
A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature
A : Busy flag
B : Status flag
C : Driver flag
D : mode flag
A : Timer1
B : TIMER2
C : TIMER3
D : TIMER4
B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H
C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H
Q.no 54. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0
A : 55,2A
B : 1C,67
C : 3A,22
D : 69,1C
Q.no 56. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree
A : 90
B : 32
C : 60
D : 50
Q.no 57. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen
A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h
B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h
C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h
D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h
Q.no 58. LCALL instruction takes
A : 2 bytes
B : 4 bytes
C : 3 bytes
D : 1 byte
Q.no 59. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?
A : rows=2, columns=32
B : rows=16, columns=2
C : rows=16, columns=16
D : rows=2, columns=16
Q.no 60. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03
A : Clockwise
C : Anticlockwise
D : Reverse
A : Electromagnetic induction
B : Motor control
C : Switching
D : Breaker
Q.no 3. What is the name of first block of logic analyser
D : Threshold analyser
Q.no 4. Which registers are used to check the status of receiver and transmitter in
UART
B : TXSTA only
C : RCSTA only
Q.no 5. ____ bit makes the job of Enabling/ disabling all the interrupts
A : GIE
B : PEIE
C : IE
D : INTIE
Q.no 6. Which of the ports act as the 16 bit address lines for transferring data
through it?
A : 40
B : 20
C : 16
D:8
A : 10 bits
B : 12 bits
C : 11 bits
D : 8 bits
A : sleep, idle
Q.no 10. In 4-bit mode LCD, the data lines used are
A : D7-D0
B : D3-D0
C : D4-D1
D : D7-D4
B : only MISO
D : Only MOSI
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
A : 8-bit
B : 16-bit
C : 20-bit
D : 21-bit
A : 12
B : 16
C : 10
D : 14
A : 0,1
B : 0,1,2,3,4
C : A,B,C,D,E
D : A,B,C
A : 400kHz
B : 300KHZ
C : 250 KHz
D : 1KHz
Q.no 19. If we say microcontroller is 8-bit then here 8-bit denotes size of
A : Data Bus
B : ALU
C : Control Bus
D : Address Bus
Q.no 20. On power up, the 8051 uses which RAM locations for register R0- R7
A : 00-2F
B : 00-0F
C : 00-7F
D : 00-07
Q.no 21. How many data lines are essential in addition to RS , EN and RW control
lines for interfacing LCD with PIC microcontroller?
A:3
B:5
C:8
D : 10
B : 16-bit timer/counter
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 24. If a hybrid stepper motor has a rotor pitch of 36º and a step angle of 9º,
the number of its phases must be
A:4
B:2
C:3
D:6
A : 1.5mA
B : 2 mA
C : 3 mA
D : 1 mA
Q.no 26. What are the contents of the IE register, when the interrupt of the
memory location 0x00 is caused?
A : 0x00H
B : 0xFFH
C : 0x10H
D : 0xF0H
Q.no 27. What is the status of BRGH register for low Speed
A : BRGH=1
B : BRGH= undefined
C : BRGH = 0and 1
D : BRGH=0
A : Analog
B : Digital
D : Descrite
Q.no 29. Which Methode is used to generate sine wave using DAC
A : Look up table
B : Bubble sort
C : Initilaisation
D : Rotation
Q.no 31. Which development tool can facilitate the creation and modification of
source programs in addition to assembly and higher -level languages?
B : Assembler
C : Debugger
D : Editor
A : 5 feet
B : 25 feet
C : 10 feet
D : 2 mtrs
A : 100
B : 149
C : 200
D : 255
A:B
B:A
C:a
D:b
A : Input
B : output
C : tristate
Q.no 36. Serial port interrupt is generated, if ____ bits are set
A : IE
B : RI
C : TI
D : RI,TI
B : 16-bit timer/counter
C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register
D : 8-bit timer/counter
A : Only port A
C : Port B and D
D : Port A and E
Q.no 39. PIC18F452 device can be operated in ____ oscillator Configuration modes.
A : 10
B : 12
C : 14
D : 16
Q.no 42. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW
Q.no 44. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?
A : Vref/2& Vin
B : Vin
C : Vref/2
D : Vin/2
Q.no 45. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?
A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH
B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH
Q.no 46. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC
A : 1.3x Vbat
B : 1.25x Vcc
C : 1.25x Vbat
D : 1.3x Vcc
Q.no 47. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to
A : column 0
B : column 1
C : column 2
D : column 3
Q.no 48.
A : Yes
B : No
C : Undefined
Q.no 49. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol
Q.no 51. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?
A : MOV A,P0
B : ADD A,05H
D : CLR P0.05H
Q.no 52.
A : Sowtooth
B : Square
C : Ramp
D : Sine
A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0
B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON
C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1
D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS
A : 256x8
B : 128x8
C : 128x4
D : 512x8
Q.no 56. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules
A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.
B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.
C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.
D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.
Q.no 57. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0
A : 130
B : 129
C : 131
D : 132
Q.no 58.
A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0
B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0
C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1
D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0
A : Frequency Selection
B : Background debugger
A : Hardware only
B : hardware or software
C : Software only
D : Iref only
A : 4
B:5
C:6
D:8
A : Aynchronous
C : Synchronous
D : Isochornous
A : Undefined
B : Result saved in F
D : Ressult Saaved in W
A : Data
B : Command
C : R -2R ladder
D : SAR
A : freuency
B : Current
C : EMI
D : voltage
A:3
B:5
C:2
D:1
A : EN, RW,RS
B : EN, INTR, RW
C : RS, RW, IE
D : EN and RW
A : Only Graphics
B : Only numbers
Q.no 10. In DC motor, ____the duty cycle of PWM signal, ______ is the speed of DC
motor
A : higher, lower
B : lower, higher
C : higher,higher
A : 33
B : 35
C : 40
D : 75
A : Enabled
B : Disabled
C : Undefined
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:1
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 16. The group of memory locations set aside to hold the address of ISRs is
called as
A : Interrupt
D : Polling
A : INTCON,IPR
B : PIR
C : TCON,RCON
D : TCON
A : Arithmatic Instructions
C : Branch instructions
D : Logical instructions
A : RAM
B : I/O Ports
C : Peripharals
D : Micro-controller IC
A : Buffer Full
B : Buffer empty
D : Buffer
Q.no 21. The command codes for line 1, first character, and line 2 , first character
in LCD are
Q.no 22. Three types of memory in PIC18 enhanced microcontroller are _____
Q.no 23. If PR2 = 150 and duty cycle is 20%, the value to be loaded in DC1B2:DC1B1
is
A:0
B:1
C : 10
D : 11
Q.no 24. Find the time delay for one machine cycle for 8051
A : 90.42 microseconds
B : 361.68 microseconds
C : 1.085 microseconds
D : 150.145 microseconds
A : Adder
B : Shift Register
C : ADC
D : Counter
Q.no 26. o display ‘A’ using common cathode seven-segment display, the code
required is
A : 7FH
B : 77H
C : 79H
D : 80H
A : 20Kbps
B : 21 Mbps
C : 4kbps
D : 19.2 kbps
A : Enhanced Capture/Control/PWM
B : Enhanced Capture/Compare/Power
C : Enhanced Control/Compare/PWM
D : Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM
Q.no 31. Circuit used for initialization of all values to default is named as
D : WDT circuit
Q.no 32. Which Bit is used to Start and Stop the ADC Conversion
A : ADON
B : GO/ DOWN
C : VCF
D : ADFM
Q.no 33. The SP is of ___ wide register. And this may be defined anywhere in the
______.
A : CCPCON
B : CCPR1L
C : PR2
D : T2CON
C : Read only
D : Write only
Q.no 37. In 4 bit mode of LCD Which Data lines are used
A : D7-D1
B : D7-D0
C : D3-D0
D : D7-D4
A : Steps/revolution
B : Torque
C : Current rating
D : Pressure
Q.no 39. Which register is used to make the pulse a level or an edge triggered
pulse?
A : TCON
B : IE
C : IPR
D : SCON
D : Cant be controlled
A : 36
B : 136
C : 248
D : 120
A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H
B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H
C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H
C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature
Q.no 45. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0
A : 0xFCH
B : 0xFAH
C : 0xFBH
D : 0xFEH
C : Clear Timer0
D : Overflow detect
Q.no 47. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}
A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
Q.no 48. Why do we need a ULN2803 in driving a relay?
Q.no 49. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0
A : 55,2A
B : 1C,67
C : 3A,22
D : 69,1C
Q.no 50. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using
A : Port C lines
B : Port D lines
C : Port B lines
D : Port E lines
A : Timer1
B : TIMER2
C : TIMER3
D : TIMER4
Q.no 52. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs
C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1
D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD
Q.no 56. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode
A : 11
B:8
C:7
D:9
A : SETB P1.0
B : SETB P 0.0
C : SETB P1.1
D : SETB P0.1
Q.no 58. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter
C : 08 and 0EH
D : 09 and 0F
Q.no 59. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03
A : Clockwise
C : Anticlockwise
D : Reverse
Q.no 60. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is
A : 20
B : 50
C : 15
D : 10
A : 40
B : 20
C : 16
D:8
D : Threshold analyser
Q.no 3. The speed of the DC motor depends on
A : 8 bit
B : 10 bit
C : 12 bit
D : 14 bit
A : 2K,256 bytes
C : 4K,128 bytes
D : 2K,128 bytes
A : 01H
B : 06H
C : 38H
D : OFEH
A : Incremental
B : Analogue
C : Electrical
D : Mechanical
Q.no 8. The total addressible external code memory of 8051 is
A : 64 KB
B : 16KB
C : 128KB
D : 256KB
A : DTR
B : DTS
C : SCL
D : SDA
A : 0,1
B : 0,1,2,3,4
C : A,B,C,D,E
D : A,B,C
Q.no 14. Which registers of bank are used for indirect adressing
A : R1, R2
B : R0,R1
C : R3,R0
D : R0,R2
Q.no 15. In reading the columns of a matrix, if no key is pressed we should get all
in binary notation
A:0
B:1
C:F
D:7
Q.no 16. ____ register is used to read input from the port
A : TRIS
B : LAT
C : READ
D : PORT
Q.no 17. How will you configure the port as output in PIC
A : LATx=0x00h
B : PORT=0xFFH
C : TRISx=0x00h
D : TRISx=0xFFH
Q.no 18. PIC 18f452 Miceocontroller has ______
Q.no 19. What is the time duration of key debounce circuit for open or closure
with frequency of 50Hz
A : 30 msec
B : 25 msec
C : 40 msec
D : 20 msec
A : Dc to dc
B : Ac to ac
C : Dc to ac
D : Digital-to-analogue
A : Single drop
B : Multiplexing
C : Multidrop
Q.no 25. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be
A : driven high
B : driven low
C : toggled
Q.no 26. Find value of PR2 for Fosc=20MHz, N=4 and period of wave is 200
microsecond
A : 250
B : 249
C : 255
D : 149
Q.no 27. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?
A : 1.10001E7
B : 1.1110011E7
C : 1.111E7
D : 1.1110001E7
A:3
B:6
C:4
D:5
A : 2 Mbits/s
B : 1 Mbits/s
C : 3 Mbits/s
D : 5 Mbits/s
Q.no 30. What is the important signal requerd for functioning of ADC
A : PSEN
B : EA
C : clock
D : address
Q.no 32. What is the status of bit for Right justified result
A : ADFM=0
B : ADFM=xx
C : ADFM= 1
D : ADFM=00
Q.no 33. How are the bits of the register PSW affected if we select Bank2 of 8051?
Q.no 34. Which regidter is used by MSSP-SPI bus oto selsct the clock Frequency
A : SSPCON1
B : SSPSTAT
D : SSPBUF
A : 25 bytes
B : 30 bytes
C : 58 bytes
D : 56 bytes
Q.no 38. If LED is connected with Anode to port what is its status on power on
reset
A : OFF
B : undefined
C : ON
D : Tristate
Q.no 39. How many address lines are used by ADC0809 for transfre of data from
channel 7
A:2
B:4
C:1
D:3
Q.no 42. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol
Q.no 43. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0
A : 130
B : 129
C : 131
D : 132
Q.no 44. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules
A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.
B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.
C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.
D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.
A : Frequency Selection
B : Background debugger
D : Reset voltage
Q.no 46. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __
A : 8, 20 micro second
Q.no 47. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree
A : 90
B : 32
C : 60
D : 50
Q.no 48. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen
A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h
B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h
C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h
D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h
A : 256x8
B : 128x8
C : 128x4
D : 512x8
A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0
B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON
C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1
D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS
Q.no 51. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to
A : column 0
B : column 1
C : column 2
D : column 3
A : Busy flag
B : Status flag
C : Driver flag
D : mode flag
Q.no 55.
A : Sowtooth
B : Square
C : Ramp
D : Sine
Q.no 56. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?
A : rows=2, columns=32
B : rows=16, columns=2
C : rows=16, columns=16
D : rows=2, columns=16
A : Hardware only
B : hardware or software
C : Software only
D : Iref only
Q.no 58. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?
A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH
B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH
Q.no 59. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC
A : 1.3x Vbat
B : 1.25x Vcc
C : 1.25x Vbat
D : 1.3x Vcc
Q.no 2. The display operations in LCD are undertaken on EN line with ______
A : H to L transitions
B : L to H transitions
C : logic high
D : logic low
A : 10
B : 11
C : 12
D:8
B : Select Channel
C : Slect Clock
A : 400kHz
B : 300KHZ
C : 250 KHz
D : 1KHz
A : 33
B : 35
C : 40
D : 75
A : RS=0, Rw=1
B : RS=0, EN=0
C : RS=0,RW=0
D : RW=0
Q.no 8. How many port lines are required to interface DAC 0808 with
microcontroller
A:2
B:4
C:8
D : 12
A : INTR
B : Data
D : BUFFER
A : Only Graphics
B : Only numbers
D : only text
A : 10 bits
B : 12 bits
C : 11 bits
D : 8 bits
A : 128K
B : 64K
C : 32K
D : 16K
A : 4 bit
B : 8 bit
C : 11 bit
D : 16 bit
Q.no 15. The E pin requires an ___ pulse to latch infromation at the data pins of
the LCD
A : H - to - L
B : L - to - H
C : always H
D : always L
A : Zero Flag
B : Negative Flag
C : Overflow Flag
D : Carry Flag
Q.no 17. Which diodes are employed in the electromechanical relays since the
inductor current cannot be reduced to zero
A : Tunnel Diode
B : Shockley Diode
C : Freewheeling Diode
D : Zener Diode
A : DC to 20MHZ
B : AC to 20MHZ
C : 1 to 20MHZ
D : DC to 25MHZ
A:2
B:1
C:3
D:5
Q.no 20. TF1, TR1, TF0, TR0 bits are of which register?
A : TCON
B : SCON
C : TMOD
D : SMOD
Q.no 21. What are the contents of the IE register, when the interrupt of the
memory location 0x00 is caused?
A : 0x00H
B : 0xFFH
C : 0x10H
D : 0xF0H
A : Steps/revolution
B : Torque
C : Current rating
D : Pressure
Q.no 23. What is the file extension that is loaded in a microcontroller for
executing any instruction?
A : .hex
B : .c
C : .txt
D : .doc
B : 256 Bytes
C : 1KByte
D : 128 Kbytes
A:B
B:A
C:a
D:b
Q.no 28. Find the time delay for one machine cycle for 8051
A : 90.42 microseconds
B : 361.68 microseconds
C : 1.085 microseconds
D : 150.145 microseconds
Q.no 29. o display ‘A’ using common cathode seven-segment display, the code
required is
A : 7FH
B : 77H
C : 79H
D : 80H
Q.no 30. How many bytes of bit addressable memory is present in 8051 based
microcontrollers?
A : 8 bytes
B : 16 bytes
C : 32bytes
D : 128 bytes
Q.no 31. What is the value of C and R used for reset operation
A : Status indication
B : Display of Char
C : Display of Number
D : Display of Text
Q.no 34. Which Methode is used to generate sine wave using DAC
A : Look up table
B : Bubble sort
C : Initilaisation
D : Rotation
Q.no 35. What is he maximum bus length of I2C
A : 4mtrs
B : 6 mtrs
C : 5 mtrs
D : 1 mtrs
A : Timer 0
B : Timer 0 or Timer 3
D : Timer 2
A : Analog
B : Digital
D : descrite
Q.no 38. _____ instruction is used to set the port A upper nibble as input
A : TRISA = 0XF0;
B : TRISA = 0X0F;
C : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;
D : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;
A : Analog
B : Digital
D : Descrite
Q.no 40. How long the the RS232 transmitt data
A : 5 feet
B : 25 feet
C : 10 feet
D : 2 mtrs
Q.no 42. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?
C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1
D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD
A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H
B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H
C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H
A : 2 bytes
B : 4 bytes
C : 3 bytes
D : 1 byte
Q.no 45. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?
A : Vref/2& Vin
B : Vin
C : Vref/2
D : Vin/2
Q.no 46. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}
A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
C : Clear Timer0
D : Overflow detect
Q.no 48. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0
A : 0xFCH
B : 0xFAH
C : 0xFBH
D : 0xFEH
Q.no 49. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs
Q.no 50. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using
A : Port C lines
B : Port D lines
C : Port B lines
D : Port E lines
Q.no 51. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW
A : 36
B : 136
C : 248
D : 120
A : 4 bit mode
B : 8 bit mode
C : 12 bit mode
D : 16 bit mode
Q.no 55. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode
A : 11
B:8
C:7
D:9
Q.no 57. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?
A : MOV A,P0
B : ADD A,05H
D : CLR P0.05H
Q.no 58. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____
A : Timer1
B : TIMER2
C : TIMER3
D : TIMER4
Q.no 60. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is
A : 20
B : 50
C : 15
D : 10
Q.no 1. How many number of data can be transmitted between starts stop
condition in I2c
A : N+1
B:N
C : N-1
D : N+2
A : Dc to dc
B : Ac to ac
C : Dc to ac
D : Digital-to-analogue
A : sleep, idle
A : Data latch
B : Address latch
C : Signal latch
D : control latch
Q.no 5. The group of memory locations set aside to hold the address of ISRs is
called as
A : Interrupt
D : Polling
A : RAM
B : I/O Ports
C : Peripharals
D : Micro-controller IC
Q.no 7. In DC motor, ____the duty cycle of PWM signal, ______ is the speed of DC
motor
A : higher, lower
B : lower, higher
C : higher,higher
Q.no 8. Which registers are used to check the status of receiver and transmitter in
UART
A : RCSTA and TXSTA
B : TXSTA only
C : RCSTA only
B : To program the start bit, stop bit, and data bits of framing
A : Enabled
B : Disabled
C : Undefined
B:5
C:6
D:8
Q.no 15. In unsigned number addition, the status of which bit is important?
A : OV
B : PSW
C : AC
D : CY
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:1
Q.no 17. On power up, the 8051 uses which RAM locations for register R0- R7
A : 00-2F
B : 00-0F
C : 00-7F
D : 00-07
A : Undefined
B : Result saved in F
D : Ressult Saaved in W
A : 0000h
B : 001Bh
C : 000008h
D : 000018h
B : 16-bit timer/counter
D : 8-bit timer/counter
A : Start of Converstion
B : output enable
C : End of Conversion
Q.no 25. The operation of the oscillator in PIC18F4550 is controlled through two
Configuration registers as ________
Q.no 26. All the Timer module Registers of PIC 18F 4550 are
A : 64 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 8 bit
Q.no 27. Serial port interrupt is generated, if ____ bits are set
A : IE
B : RI
C : TI
D : RI,TI
Q.no 28. The following instruction will make
TRISB = 0x00;
LATB = 0xFF;
Q.no 29. How are the bits of the register PSW affected if we select Bank2 of 8051?
A : 2K
B : 8k
C : 2MB
D : 64KB
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : Resolution of ADC
B : Conversion Time
C : Number of bits
D : Step Size
Q.no 33. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?
A : 1.10001E7
B : 1.1110011E7
C : 1.111E7
D : 1.1110001E7
Q.no 35. How many address lines are used by ADC0809 for transfre of data from
channel 7
A:2
B:4
C:1
D:3
A : 2 Mbits/s
B : 1 Mbits/s
C : 3 Mbits/s
D : 5 Mbits/s
Q.no 37. If a hybrid stepper motor has a rotor pitch of 36º and a step angle of 9º,
the number of its phases must be
A:4
B:2
C:3
D:6
D : Cant be controlled
Q.no 41.
A : Sowtooth
B : Square
C : Ramp
D : Sine
Q.no 42. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC
A : 1.3x Vbat
B : 1.25x Vcc
C : 1.25x Vbat
D : 1.3x Vcc
C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature
Q.no 44. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0
A : 130
B : 129
C : 131
D : 132
Q.no 45. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03
A : Clockwise
C : Anticlockwise
D : Reverse
Q.no 47.
A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0
B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0
C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1
D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0
A : 256x8
B : 128x8
C : 128x4
D : 512x8
Q.no 50. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen
A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h
B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h
C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h
D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h
Q.no 51. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter
C : 08 and 0EH
D : 09 and 0F
Q.no 52. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree
A : 90
B : 32
C : 60
D : 50
Q.no 53.
A : Yes
B : No
C : Undefined
A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0
B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON
C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1
D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS
Q.no 55. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol
Q.no 56. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules
A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.
B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.
C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.
D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.
Q.no 57. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to
A : column 0
B : column 1
C : column 2
D : column 3
A : Frequency Selection
B : Background debugger
D : Reset voltage
Q.no 60. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __
A : 8, 20 micro second
A : INTCON,IPR
B : PIR
C : TCON,RCON
D : TCON
A : Branch if Z flag = 1
B : Branch if Z flag = 0
C : Branch if Z Accumulator is 0
A : 400kHz
B : 300KHZ
C : 250 KHz
D : 1KHz
A : Data Bus
B : ALU
C : Control Bus
D : Address Bus
A : Driver
B : Isolater
C : Latch
D : Buffer
A:8
B : 16
C : 32
D : 64
A : Incremental
B : Analogue
C : Electrical
D : Mechanical
A : DEMUX
B : MUX
D : Decoder
A : 8-bit
B : 16-bit
C : 20-bit
D : 21-bit
Q.no 13. Which of the following signal control the flow of data?
A : DTR
B : RTS & DTR
D : CTS
Q.no 14. What is the time duration of key debounce circuit for open or closure
with frequency of 50Hz
A : 30 msec
B : 25 msec
C : 40 msec
D : 20 msec
A : Arithmatic Instructions
C : Branch instructions
D : Logical instructions
A : adder
B : subtrcter
C : memory
D : counter
Q.no 17. How many port lines are required to interface DAC 0808 with
microcontroller
A:2
B:4
C:8
D : 12
Q.no 18. In 4-bit mode LCD, the data lines used are
A : D7-D0
B : D3-D0
C : D4-D1
D : D7-D4
A : 128K
B : 64K
C : 32K
D : 16K
Q.no 20. In Common Cathode mode of LED, all LEDs are Connected to
A : Vcc
B : GND
D : VDD
Q.no 21. The _____ pins of PORTB can cause an interrupt when any changes are
detected on any one of them
A : RB0-RB7
B : RB0-RB3
C : RB4-RB7
B : 21 Mbps
C : 4kbps
D : 19.2 kbps
A : PORTD
B : PORTC
C : PORT A
D : Port B
Q.no 25. Which register is used to make the pulse a level or an edge triggered
pulse?
A : TCON
B : IE
C : IPR
D : SCON
A:B
B:A
C:a
D:b
Q.no 27. Which development tool can facilitate the creation and modification of
source programs in addition to assembly and higher -level languages?
B : Assembler
C : Debugger
D : Editor
Q.no 28. What the output of LM 35 for every degree change in temp
A : 20 mV
B : 15mV
C:5mV
D : 10mV
Q.no 29. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be
A : driven high
B : driven low
C : toggled
A : Adder
B : Shift Register
C : ADC
D : Counter
A : Input
B : output
C : tristate
A : 1.5mA
B : 2 mA
C : 3 mA
D : 1 mA
Q.no 33. If LED is connected with Anode to port what is its status on power on
reset
A : OFF
B : undefined
C : ON
D : Tristate
Q.no 34. The command codes for line 1, first character, and line 2 , first character
in LCD are
Q.no 35. Which Methode is used to generate sine wave using DAC
A : Look up table
B : Bubble sort
C : Initilaisation
D : Rotation
Q.no 38. Which of the following is the logic level understood by the micro-
controller/micro-processor?
D : RS 485
A : Status indication
B : Display of Char
C : Display of Number
D : Display of Text
Q.no 40. Which Bit is used to Start and Stop the ADC Conversion
A : ADON
B : GO/ DOWN
C : VCF
D : ADFM
A : 36
B : 136
C : 248
D : 120
A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H
B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H
C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H
A : SETB P1.0
B : SETB P 0.0
C : SETB P1.1
D : SETB P0.1
Q.no 44. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW
A : Timer1
B : TIMER2
C : TIMER3
D : TIMER4
Q.no 46. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?
A : MOV A,P0
B : ADD A,05H
D : CLR P0.05H
Q.no 47. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs
A : 2 bytes
B : 4 bytes
C : 3 bytes
D : 1 byte
Q.no 49. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?
A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH
B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH
Q.no 50. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0
A : 55,2A
B : 1C,67
C : 3A,22
D : 69,1C
A : Hardware only
B : hardware or software
C : Software only
D : Iref only
A : 4 bit mode
B : 8 bit mode
C : 12 bit mode
D : 16 bit mode
Q.no 53. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?
A : rows=2, columns=32
B : rows=16, columns=2
C : rows=16, columns=16
D : rows=2, columns=16
Q.no 55. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}
A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
C : Clear Timer0
D : Overflow detect
Q.no 57. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0
A : 0xFCH
B : 0xFAH
C : 0xFBH
D : 0xFEH
Q.no 58. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____
Q.no 59. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is
A : 20
B : 50
C : 15
D : 10
A : RAM
B : I/O Ports
C : Peripharals
D : Micro-controller IC
A : 1.6 ma
B : 60 MA
C : 50 Ma
D : 20 Ma
A:2
B:1
C:3
D:5
A : LATx=0x00h
B : PORT=0xFFH
C : TRISx=0x00h
D : TRISx=0xFFH
A : 2K,256 bytes
C : 4K,128 bytes
D : 2K,128 bytes
Q.no 7. Which Circuit is used at the output of DAC to get analog signal
A : Buffer circuit
B : I- V Convertor
C : V-I Convertor
D : V-F Convertor
A : Enabled
B : Disabled
C : Undefined
A : DTR
B : DTS
C : SCL
D : SDA
Q.no 10. Which devices are specifically being used for converting serial to parallel
and from parallel to serial respectively?
A : Registers
B : Counters
C : Timers
D : Serial communication
A : Undefined
B : Result saved in F
D : Ressult Saaved in W
A : Data latch
B : Address latch
C : Signal latch
D : control latch
A : 8 bit
B : 10 bit
C : 12 bit
D : 14 bit
Q.no 15. Which diodes are employed in the electromechanical relays since the
inductor current cannot be reduced to zero
A : Tunnel Diode
B : Shockley Diode
C : Freewheeling Diode
D : Zener Diode
A : 10
B : 11
C : 12
D:8
A : DC to 20MHZ
B : AC to 20MHZ
C : 1 to 20MHZ
D : DC to 25MHZ
A : 33 MHZ
B : 40 MHz
C : 32.786 MHz
D : 32 MHz
A : 12
B : 16
C : 10
D : 14
Q.no 22. _____ instruction is used to set the port A upper nibble as input
A : TRISA = 0XF0;
B : TRISA = 0X0F;
C : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;
D : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;
Q.no 23. In Immediate (Literal) addressing mode The operand is _____ that follows
the opcode
A : a register
B : a number
C : a pointer
D : an address
Q.no 24. Three types of memory in PIC18 enhanced microcontroller are _____
B : 16-bit timer/counter
D : 8-bit timer/counter
B : 8-bit timer/counter
D : 16-bit timer/counter
C : Read only
D : Write only
A:2
B:3
C:1
D:4
Q.no 31. Circuit used for initialization of all values to default is named as
D : WDT circuit
Q.no 32. What is count require to rotate the stepper motor in 90 degree if it
complete 1 revolution in 200 steps
A : 40
B : 50
C : 60
D : 70
A : Enhanced Capture/Control/PWM
B : Enhanced Capture/Compare/Power
C : Enhanced Control/Compare/PWM
D : Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM
Q.no 34. How are the bits of the register PSW affected if we select Bank2 of 8051?
A : Resolution of ADC
B : Conversion Time
C : Number of bits
D : Step Size
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 38. What is the maximum delay that can be generated with the crystal
frequency of 22MHz?
A : 2978.9 sec
B : 0.011 msec
C : 11.63 sec
D : 2.97 msec
A : 128 Bytes
B : 256 Bytes
C : 1KByte
D : 128 Kbytes
A : Timer 0
B : Timer 0 or Timer 3
D : Timer 2
Q.no 41. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter
C : 08 and 0EH
D : 09 and 0F
Q.no 42. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using
A : Port C lines
B : Port D lines
C : Port B lines
D : Port E lines
Q.no 44. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen
A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h
B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h
C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h
D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h
Q.no 45. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?
C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1
D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD
Q.no 46. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode
A : 11
B:8
C:7
D:9
Q.no 48. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __
A : 8, 20 micro second
A : Sowtooth
B : Square
C : Ramp
D : Sine
Q.no 51. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?
A : Vref/2& Vin
B : Vin
C : Vref/2
D : Vin/2
A : 256x8
B : 128x8
C : 128x4
D : 512x8
Q.no 53. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03
A : Clockwise
C : Anticlockwise
D : Reverse
C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature
A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0
B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON
C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1
D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS
B : 8 bit mode
C : 12 bit mode
D : 16 bit mode
Q.no 59. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0
A : 0xFCH
B : 0xFAH
C : 0xFBH
D : 0xFEH
Q.no 60. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?
A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH
B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH
A : I2C
C : SPI
A : RS=0, Rw=1
B : RS=0, EN=0
C : RS=0,RW=0
D : RW=0
B : pin4
C : pin9
D : pin20
A : OV
B : PSW
C : AC
D : CY
A : Branch if Z flag = 1
B : Branch if Z flag = 0
C : Branch if Z Accumulator is 0
A : Aynchronous
C : Synchronous
D : Isochornous
D : Threshold analyser
Q.no 9. In DC motor, ____the duty cycle of PWM signal, ______ is the speed of DC
motor
A : higher, lower
B : lower, higher
C : higher,higher
A : 64 KB
B : 16KB
C : 128KB
D : 256KB
A : Timer 0
B : Timer 1
C : Timer 2
D : Timer 3
A : 33
B : 35
C : 40
D : 75
Q.no 13. On power up, the 8051 uses which RAM locations for register R0- R7
A : 00-2F
B : 00-0F
C : 00-7F
D : 00-07
Q.no 15. What is the difference between UART and USART communication?
A : Synchronous
C : Asynchronous
D : Isochornous
A : sleep, idle
A : INTR
B : Data
D : BUFFER
Q.no 18. In reading the columns of a matrix, if no key is pressed we should get all
in binary notation
A:0
B:1
C:F
D:7
A : EN, RW,RS
B : EN, INTR, RW
C : RS, RW, IE
D : EN and RW
A : 0,1
B : 0,1,2,3,4
C : A,B,C,D,E
D : A,B,C
Q.no 21. Which Methode is used to generate sine wave using DAC
A : Look up table
B : Bubble sort
C : Initilaisation
D : Rotation
A : Adder
B : Shift Register
C : ADC
D : Counter
B : IPR
C : PIR2
D : INTCON2
A : 2.5 Mbits
B : 2 Mbits
C : 250 kbits
D : 1 Mbits
Q.no 25. In 4 bit mode of LCD Which Data lines are used
A : D7-D1
B : D7-D0
C : D3-D0
D : D7-D4
Q.no 27. The _____ pins of PORTB can cause an interrupt when any changes are
detected on any one of them
A : RB0-RB7
B : RB0-RB3
C : RB4-RB7
B : 0X08
C : 0x04
D : 0X0E
B : 16-bit timer/counter
D : 8-bit timer/counter
A : CCPCON
B : CCPR1L
C : PR2
D : T2CON
A : Status indication
B : Display of Char
C : Display of Number
D : Display of Text
Q.no 35. The SP is of ___ wide register. And this may be defined anywhere in the
______.
Q.no 36. What is the status of bit for Right justified result
A : ADFM=0
B : ADFM=xx
C : ADFM= 1
D : ADFM=00
A : 100
B : 149
C : 200
D : 255
A : 20Kbps
B : 21 Mbps
C : 4kbps
D : 19.2 kbps
Q.no 40. How many bytes of bit addressable memory is present in 8051 based
microcontrollers?
A : 8 bytes
B : 16 bytes
C : 32bytes
D : 128 bytes
A : SETB P1.0
B : SETB P 0.0
C : SETB P1.1
D : SETB P0.1
Q.no 42. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW
A : 90
B : 32
C : 60
D : 50
Q.no 44. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}
A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
Q.no 45. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is
A : 20
B : 50
C : 15
D : 10
A : Hardware only
B : hardware or software
C : Software only
D : Iref only
A : 2 bytes
B : 4 bytes
C : 3 bytes
D : 1 byte
C : Clear Timer0
D : Overflow detect
Q.no 49.
A : Yes
B : No
C : Undefined
Q.no 50. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs
Q.no 53. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____
A : 36
B : 136
C : 248
D : 120
B : Background debugger
D : Reset voltage
Q.no 57. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter
C : 08 and 0EH
D : 09 and 0F
Q.no 58. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to
A : column 0
B : column 1
C : column 2
D : column 3
Q.no 59. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?
A : MOV A,P0
B : ADD A,05H
D : CLR P0.05H
Q.no 3. How many number of data can be transmitted between starts stop
condition in I2c
A : N+1
B:N
C : N-1
D : N+2
Q.no 4. How many port lines are required to interface DAC 0808 with
microcontroller
A:2
B:4
C:8
D : 12
Q.no 5. Which of the ports act as the 16 bit address lines for transferring data
through it?
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:1
A : DEMUX
B : MUX
D : Decoder
A : INTCON,IPR
B : PIR
C : TCON,RCON
D : TCON
A : H - to - L
B : L - to - H
C : always H
D : always L
A : Undefined
B : Result saved in F
D : Ressult Saaved in W
Q.no 13. Which registers are used to check the status of receiver and transmitter
in UART
B : TXSTA only
C : RCSTA only
A : 8-bit
B : 16-bit
C : 20-bit
D : 21-bit
B : To program the start bit, stop bit, and data bits of framing
A : 128K
B : 64K
C : 32K
D : 16K
B : Select Channel
C : Slect Clock
Q.no 18. TF1, TR1, TF0, TR0 bits are of which register?
A : TCON
B : SCON
C : TMOD
D : SMOD
A : adder
B : subtrcter
C : memory
D : counter
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:1
Q.no 21. What is the time taken by one machine cycle if crystal frequency is
20MHz?
D : 1 micro seconds
Q.no 22. Three types of memory in PIC18 enhanced microcontroller are _____
A : Resolution of ADC
B : Conversion Time
C : Number of bits
D : Step Size
Q.no 25. What is the value of C and R used for reset operation
Q.no 26. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?
A : 1.10001E7
B : 1.1110011E7
C : 1.111E7
D : 1.1110001E7
Q.no 27. Which regidter is used by MSSP-SPI bus oto selsct the clock Frequency
A : SSPCON1
B : SSPSTAT
D : SSPBUF
Q.no 28. Serial port interrupt is generated, if ____ bits are set
A : IE
B : RI
C : TI
D : RI,TI
A : PORTD
B : PORTC
C : PORT A
D : Port B
Q.no 30. _____ instruction is used to set the port A upper nibble as input
A : TRISA = 0XF0;
B : TRISA = 0X0F;
C : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;
D : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;
Q.no 31. How many address lines are used by ADC0809 for transfre of data from
channel 7
A:2
B:4
C:1
D:3
A : Enhanced Capture/Control/PWM
B : Enhanced Capture/Compare/Power
C : Enhanced Control/Compare/PWM
D : Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM
Q.no 34. What is the important signal requerd for functioning of ADC
A : PSEN
B : EA
C : clock
D : address
A : 0x0003h
B : 0x000Bh
C : 0x0023h
D : 0x0013h
Q.no 36. Which development tool can facilitate the creation and modification of
source programs in addition to assembly and higher -level languages?
B : Assembler
C : Debugger
D : Editor
Q.no 37. Find value of PR2 for Fosc=20MHz, N=4 and period of wave is 200
microsecond
A : 250
B : 249
C : 255
D : 149
Q.no 38. Which register is used to make the pulse a level or an edge triggered
pulse?
A : TCON
B : IE
C : IPR
D : SCON
Q.no 39. If a hybrid stepper motor has a rotor pitch of 36º and a step angle of 9º,
the number of its phases must be
A:4
B:2
C:3
D:6
Q.no 40. How many data lines are essential in addition to RS , EN and RW control
lines for interfacing LCD with PIC microcontroller?
A:3
B:5
C:8
D : 10
Q.no 42.
A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0
B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0
C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1
D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0
A : Busy flag
B : Status flag
C : Driver flag
D : mode flag
Q.no 44. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using
A : Port C lines
B : Port D lines
C : Port B lines
D : Port E lines
A : Timer1
B : TIMER2
C : TIMER3
D : TIMER4
Q.no 46. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?
A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH
B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH
Q.no 47. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?
A : rows=2, columns=32
B : rows=16, columns=2
C : rows=16, columns=16
D : rows=2, columns=16
A : 4 bit mode
B : 8 bit mode
C : 12 bit mode
D : 16 bit mode
Q.no 49. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0
A : 55,2A
B : 1C,67
C : 3A,22
D : 69,1C
Q.no 51. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules
A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.
B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.
C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.
D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.
Q.no 52.
A : Sowtooth
B : Square
C : Ramp
D : Sine
Q.no 53. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol
Q.no 54. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode
A : 11
B:8
C:7
D:9
Q.no 55. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0
A : 0xFCH
B : 0xFAH
C : 0xFBH
D : 0xFEH
Q.no 56. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen
A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h
B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h
C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h
D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h
A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H
B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H
C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H
D : none of the above
Q.no 58. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0
A : 130
B : 129
C : 131
D : 132
Q.no 59. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC
A : 1.3x Vbat
B : 1.25x Vcc
C : 1.25x Vbat
D : 1.3x Vcc
A : 256x8
B : 128x8
C : 128x4
D : 512x8
Q.no 1. ____ bit makes the job of Enabling/ disabling all the interrupts
A : GIE
B : PEIE
C : IE
D : INTIE
A : 40
B : 20
C : 16
D:8
Q.no 3. The display operations in LCD are undertaken on EN line with ______
A : H to L transitions
B : L to H transitions
C : logic high
D : logic low
A : Data latch
B : Address latch
C : Signal latch
D : control latch
A : R1, R2
B : R0,R1
C : R3,R0
D : R0,R2
A : FFH
B : C0H
C : 80H
D : 90H
A : 10
B : 11
C : 12
D:8
A : Branch if Z flag = 1
B : Branch if Z flag = 0
C : Branch if Z Accumulator is 0
A : Electromagnetic induction
B : Motor control
C : Switching
D : Breaker
Q.no 11. In Common Cathode mode of LED, all LEDs are Connected to
A : Vcc
B : GND
D : VDD
Q.no 12. How will you configure the port as output in PIC
A : LATx=0x00h
B : PORT=0xFFH
C : TRISx=0x00h
D : TRISx=0xFFH
Q.no 13. Which of the following signal control the flow of data?
A : DTR
D : CTS
Q.no 14. ____ register is used to read input from the port
A : TRIS
B : LAT
C : READ
D : PORT
A:2
B:1
C:3
D:5
B : only MISO
D : Only MOSI
A : RAM
B : I/O Ports
C : Peripharals
D : Micro-controller IC
Q.no 18. In MSSP I2C bus data is Send out by and taken in By using
A : Port C lines
B : Port B lines
C : Port D lines
D : Port E lines
A : 0000h
B : 001Bh
C : 000008h
D : 000018h
A : 4mtrs
B : 6 mtrs
C : 5 mtrs
D : 1 mtrs
Q.no 23. The operation of the oscillator in PIC18F4550 is controlled through two
Configuration registers as ________
A : 128 Bytes
B : 256 Bytes
C : 1KByte
D : 128 Kbytes
A : Status indication
B : Display of Char
C : Display of Number
D : Display of Text
A : Timer 0
B : Timer 0 or Timer 3
Q.no 28. The _____ pins of PORTB can cause an interrupt when any changes are
detected on any one of them
A : RB0-RB7
B : RB0-RB3
C : RB4-RB7
Q.no 29. What is the status of BRGH register for low Speed
A : BRGH=1
B : BRGH= undefined
C : BRGH = 0and 1
D : BRGH=0
A : Analog
B : Digital
D : Descrite
Q.no 32. All the Timer module Registers of PIC 18F 4550 are
A : 64 bit
B : 16 bit
C : 32 bit
D : 8 bit
A : Analog
B : Digital
D : descrite
A : Input
B : output
C : tristate
Q.no 37. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be
A : driven high
B : driven low
C : toggled
D : all the above
A : 2048 bits
B : 4096 bits
C : 1024 bits
D : 512 bits
A:3
B:6
C:4
D:5
Q.no 40. PIC18F452 device can be operated in ____ oscillator Configuration modes.
A : 10
B : 12
C : 14
D : 16
A : Hardware only
B : hardware or software
C : Software only
D : Iref only
Q.no 42. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is
A : 20
B : 50
C : 15
D : 10
A : 36
B : 136
C : 248
D : 120
Q.no 44. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?
A : MOV A,P0
B : ADD A,05H
D : CLR P0.05H
C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature
Q.no 46. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03
A : Clockwise
C : Anticlockwise
D : Reverse
A : 2 bytes
B : 4 bytes
C : 3 bytes
D : 1 byte
C : Clear Timer0
D : Overflow detect
Q.no 52. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}
A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
Q.no 54. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter
C : 08 and 0EH
D : 09 and 0F
Q.no 55. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____
A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0
B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON
C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1
D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS
Q.no 57. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?
A : Vref/2& Vin
B : Vin
C : Vref/2
D : Vin/2
Q.no 58. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW
A : Frequency Selection
B : Background debugger
D : Reset voltage
A : Undefined
B : Result saved in F
C : Results saved in F and W
D : Ressult Saaved in W
A : EN, RW,RS
B : EN, INTR, RW
C : RS, RW, IE
D : EN and RW
Q.no 4. In reading the columns of a matrix, if no key is pressed we should get all
in binary notation
A:0
B:1
C:F
D:7
A : 10 bits
B : 12 bits
C : 11 bits
D : 8 bits
A : Zero Flag
B : Negative Flag
C : Overflow Flag
D : Carry Flag
A : Only Graphics
B : Only numbers
D : only text
A : Driver
B : Isolater
C : Latch
D : Buffer
Q.no 11. If we say microcontroller is 8-bit then here 8-bit denotes size of
A : Data Bus
B : ALU
C : Control Bus
D : Address Bus
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : I2C
C : SPI
A : 64 KB
B : 16KB
C : 128KB
D : 256KB
Q.no 15. In DC motor, ____the duty cycle of PWM signal, ______ is the speed of DC
motor
A : higher, lower
B : lower, higher
C : higher,higher
A : DTR
B : DTS
C : SCL
D : SDA
A : adder
B : subtrcter
C : memory
D : counter
A : Timer 0
B : Timer 1
C : Timer 2
D : Timer 3
B : Select Channel
C : Slect Clock
B : To program the start bit, stop bit, and data bits of framing
A : Steps/revolution
B : Torque
C : Current rating
D : Pressure
A : 5 feet
B : 25 feet
C : 10 feet
D : 2 mtrs
Q.no 24. The SP is of ___ wide register. And this may be defined anywhere in the
______.
A:1
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : 2K
B : 8k
C : 2MB
D : 64KB
A : 2.5 Mbits
B : 2 Mbits
C : 250 kbits
D : 1 Mbits
A : 25 bytes
B : 30 bytes
C : 58 bytes
D : 56 bytes
A : Enhanced Capture/Control/PWM
B : Enhanced Capture/Compare/Power
C : Enhanced Control/Compare/PWM
D : Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM
Q.no 31. If PR2 = 150 and duty cycle is 20%, the value to be loaded in DC1B2:DC1B1
is
A:0
B:1
C : 10
D : 11
A : 1.5mA
B : 2 mA
C : 3 mA
D : 1 mA
A : Single drop
B : Multiplexing
C : Multidrop
A : CCPCON
B : CCPR1L
C : PR2
D : T2CON
Q.no 36. In Immediate (Literal) addressing mode The operand is _____ that follows
the opcode
A : a register
B : a number
C : a pointer
D : an address
Q.no 37. What is the value of C and R used for reset operation
A:B
B:A
C:a
D:b
A : Five
B : Four
C : Six
D : Two
Q.no 41. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __
A : 8, 20 micro second
Q.no 42. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol
Q.no 43. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode
A : 11
B:8
C:7
D:9
A : 256x8
B : 128x8
C : 128x4
D : 512x8
Q.no 45. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?
A : rows=2, columns=32
B : rows=16, columns=2
C : rows=16, columns=16
D : rows=2, columns=16
Q.no 46. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0
A : 130
B : 129
C : 131
D : 132
Q.no 47.
A : Sowtooth
B : Square
C : Ramp
D : Sine
Q.no 48. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree
A : 90
B : 32
C : 60
D : 50
Q.no 49. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0
A : 55,2A
B : 1C,67
C : 3A,22
D : 69,1C
Q.no 50. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules
A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.
B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.
C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.
D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.
A : SETB P1.0
B : SETB P 0.0
C : SETB P1.1
D : SETB P0.1
A : 4 bit mode
B : 8 bit mode
C : 12 bit mode
D : 16 bit mode
Q.no 54. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?
D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD
A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H
B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H
C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H
Q.no 56. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen
A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h
B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h
C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h
D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h
Q.no 57. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to
A : column 0
B : column 1
C : column 2
D : column 3
Q.no 58. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?
A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH
B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH
Q.no 59. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC
A : 1.3x Vbat
B : 1.25x Vcc
C : 1.25x Vbat
D : 1.3x Vcc
Q.no 60.
A : Yes
B : No
C : Undefined
A:2
B:1
C:3
D:5
A : 4
B:5
C:6
D:8
A : 33
B : 35
C : 40
D : 75
A : 4 bit
B : 8 bit
C : 11 bit
D : 16 bit
A : D7-D0
B : D3-D0
C : D4-D1
D : D7-D4
Q.no 7. Which Circuit is used at the output of DAC to get analog signal
A : Buffer circuit
B : I- V Convertor
C : V-I Convertor
D : V-F Convertor
A : Arithmatic Instructions
C : Branch instructions
D : Logical instructions
Q.no 9. On power up, the 8051 uses which RAM locations for register R0- R7
A : 00-2F
B : 00-0F
C : 00-7F
D : 00-07
A : pin1
B : pin4
C : pin9
D : pin20
Q.no 11. What is the difference between UART and USART communication?
A : Synchronous
C : Asynchronous
D : Isochornous
A : Data
B : Command
C : R -2R ladder
D : SAR
Q.no 13. How will you configure the port as output in PIC
A : LATx=0x00h
B : PORT=0xFFH
C : TRISx=0x00h
D : TRISx=0xFFH
Q.no 14. What is the command of LCD used to clear the content
A : 01H
B : 06H
C : 38H
D : OFEH
A : 10
B : 11
C : 12
D:8
A : RAM
B : I/O Ports
C : Peripharals
D : Micro-controller IC
A : Dc to dc
B : Ac to ac
C : Dc to ac
D : Digital-to-analogue
Q.no 19. The display operations in LCD are undertaken on EN line with ______
A : H to L transitions
B : L to H transitions
C : logic high
D : logic low
Q.no 20. What is the time duration of key debounce circuit for open or closure
with frequency of 50Hz
A : 30 msec
B : 25 msec
C : 40 msec
D : 20 msec
Q.no 22. Three types of memory in PIC18 enhanced microcontroller are _____
Q.no 23. Serial port interrupt is generated, if ____ bits are set
A : IE
B : RI
C : TI
D : RI,TI
Q.no 25. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be
A : driven high
B : driven low
C : toggled
Q.no 26. What are the contents of the IE register, when the interrupt of the
memory location 0x00 is caused?
A : 0x00H
B : 0xFFH
C : 0x10H
D : 0xF0H
Q.no 27. Which Methode is used to generate sine wave using DAC
A : Look up table
B : Bubble sort
C : Initilaisation
D : Rotation
Q.no 29. What is the file extension that is loaded in a microcontroller for
executing any instruction?
A : .hex
B : .c
C : .txt
D : .doc
Q.no 30. In 4 bit mode of LCD Which Data lines are used
A : D7-D1
B : D7-D0
C : D3-D0
D : D7-D4
B : 16-bit timer/counter
D : 8-bit timer/counter
A : 100
B : 149
C : 200
D : 255
B : 16-bit timer/counter
A : Dc-20 MHz
B : Dc-48MHz
C : Dc-40 MHz
D : Dc-60 MHz
Q.no 36. _____ instruction is used to set the port A upper nibble as input
A : TRISA = 0XF0;
B : TRISA = 0X0F;
C : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;
D : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;
C : Changing Current
D : Changing Power
A : 2 Mbits/s
B : 1 Mbits/s
C : 3 Mbits/s
D : 5 Mbits/s
A : 128 Bytes
B : 256 Bytes
C : 1KByte
D : 128 Kbytes
A : PIR1
B : IPR
C : PIR2
D : INTCON2
A : Frequency Selection
B : Background debugger
D : Reset voltage
Q.no 42. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter
C : 08 and 0EH
D : 09 and 0F
A : Timer1
B : TIMER2
C : TIMER3
D : TIMER4
Q.no 44. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs
A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0
B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON
C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1
D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS
Q.no 46. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW
C : Clear Timer0
D : Overflow detect
Q.no 48. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0
A : 0xFCH
B : 0xFAH
C : 0xFBH
D : 0xFEH
C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature
A : 2 bytes
B : 4 bytes
C : 3 bytes
D : 1 byte
Q.no 52.
A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0
B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0
C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1
D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0
A : 36
B : 136
C : 248
D : 120
Q.no 54. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?
A : MOV A,P0
B : ADD A,05H
D : CLR P0.05H
A : Hardware only
B : hardware or software
C : Software only
D : Iref only
Q.no 57. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____
Q.no 58. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using
A : Port C lines
B : Port D lines
C : Port B lines
D : Port E lines
A : DTR
B : DTS
C : SCL
D : SDA
A : LAT
B : PORT
C : TRIS
D : DIR
A:3
B:5
C:2
D:1
A : EN, RW,RS
B : EN, INTR, RW
C : RS, RW, IE
D : EN and RW
A : 20
B:8
C : 21
D : 34
A : Enabled
B : Disabled
C : Undefined
Q.no 10. Which registers of bank are used for indirect adressing
A : R1, R2
B : R0,R1
C : R3,R0
D : R0,R2
A : freuency
B : Current
C : EMI
D : voltage
Q.no 13. The group of memory locations set aside to hold the address of ISRs is
called as
A : Interrupt
B : Interrupt vector table
D : Polling
B : Select Channel
C : Slect Clock
A : Timer 0
B : Timer 1
C : Timer 2
D : Timer 3
Q.no 16. Which devices are specifically being used for converting serial to parallel
and from parallel to serial respectively?
A : Registers
B : Counters
C : Timers
D : Serial communication
A : 8-bit
B : 16-bit
C : 20-bit
D : 21-bit
A : RS=0, Rw=1
B : RS=0, EN=0
C : RS=0,RW=0
D : RW=0
A : 12
B : 16
C : 10
D : 14
A : 0,1
B : 0,1,2,3,4
C : A,B,C,D,E
D : A,B,C
Q.no 21. How are the bits of the register PSW affected if we select Bank2 of 8051?
Q.no 23. Which of the following is the logic level understood by the micro-
controller/micro-processor?
D : RS 485
Q.no 26. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?
A : 1.10001E7
B : 1.1110011E7
C : 1.111E7
D : 1.1110001E7
Q.no 27. In Immediate (Literal) addressing mode The operand is _____ that follows
the opcode
A : a register
B : a number
C : a pointer
D : an address
B : 8-bit timer/counter
D : 16-bit timer/counter
Q.no 29. What is the time taken by one machine cycle if crystal frequency is
20MHz?
D : 1 micro seconds
Q.no 30. Which development tool can facilitate the creation and modification of
source programs in addition to assembly and higher -level languages?
B : Assembler
C : Debugger
D : Editor
A : PORTD
B : PORTC
C : PORT A
D : Port B
D : Cant be controlled
Q.no 33. input DAC has ________
Q.no 35. The command codes for line 1, first character, and line 2 , first character
in LCD are
Q.no 36. How many address lines are used by ADC0809 for transfre of data from
channel 7
A:2
B:4
C:1
D:3
A : Resolution of ADC
B : Conversion Time
C : Number of bits
D : Step Size
A : 4mtrs
B : 6 mtrs
C : 5 mtrs
D : 1 mtrs
A : 1.5mA
B : 2 mA
C : 3 mA
D : 1 mA
Q.no 41. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0
A : 130
B : 129
C : 131
D : 132
Q.no 43. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC
A : 1.3x Vbat
B : 1.25x Vcc
C : 1.25x Vbat
D : 1.3x Vcc
A : Busy flag
B : Status flag
C : Driver flag
D : mode flag
Q.no 45. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?
A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH
B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH
D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH
Q.no 46. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?
A : rows=2, columns=32
B : rows=16, columns=2
C : rows=16, columns=16
D : rows=2, columns=16
A : 256x8
B : 128x8
C : 128x4
D : 512x8
Q.no 48. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __
A : 8, 20 micro second
Q.no 49. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to
A : column 0
B : column 1
C : column 2
D : column 3
A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H
B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H
C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H
A : SETB P1.0
B : SETB P 0.0
C : SETB P1.1
D : SETB P0.1
Q.no 53. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode
A : 11
B:8
C:7
D:9
Q.no 54. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?
C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1
D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD
Q.no 55. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules
A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.
B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.
C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.
D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.
Q.no 56. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol
Q.no 57. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}
A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
A : 4 bit mode
B : 8 bit mode
C : 12 bit mode
D : 16 bit mode
Q.no 59. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03
A : Clockwise
C : Anticlockwise
D : Reverse
Q.no 60. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?
A : Vref/2& Vin
B : Vin
C : Vref/2
D : Vin/2
1. What is size of Register? (EAX, EBX, ECX, EDX, ESI, EDI, ESP, EBP, GDTR, LDTR, IDTR, TR,
MSW)
2. Explain Control Register?
3. Explain Test Register?
4. Explain Debug Register?
5. Explain Flag Register? (Status, Control, System) (Specific each Flag)
6. Explain Architecture of 80386?
7. Explain Pin Diagram of 80386? (Any 5 pin)
8. What is Protected mode?
9. What is Real Mode?
10. What is Virtual Mode?
11. Difference of Real, Virtual, Protected Mode?
12. How many descriptors in GDT, IDT, LDT?
13. Explain any five instructions from Application Instruction set? (Application Instruction set:
Arithmetic, logical, control transfer, Data movement, Decimal Arithmetic Instruction, String
& Character transfer, Instruction for Block Structured language, Flag control, Coprocessor
interface instruction, segment register instruction, Miscellaneous instruction)
14. What are the different section in Assembly program?
15. What is the use of data section?
16. What is the use of text section?
17. What is the use of bss section?
18. Full form of bss?
19. Logic of Add & shift Multiplication?
20. Logic of multiplication using Successive addition method?
21. What is Microprocessor?
22. What is Assembly?
23. What is Assembly Language?
24. What is Assembly Language Program?
25. What is Register?
26. What is DATA or CODE or STACK segment Register?
27. What is Load Effective Address?
28. What is int 0x80 in the program?
29. What is DW, DB in the program?
30. What is DD, DQ in the program?
31. What is CX register in the program of the loops?
32. Explain use of Macro?
33. Explain difference between overlap and non-overlap program logic?
34. What is CLC in the program?
35. What is INC? (With example)
36. What is ADC? (With example)
37. What is SBB? (With example)
38. What is CMP? (With example)
39. What is JC? (With example)
40. What is XCHG? (With example)
41. What is DEC? (With example)
42. What is JNZ? (With example)